Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2017-10-30
1) Change some variables that can't be negative
from int to unsigned int. From Alexey Dobriyan.
2) Remove a redundant header initialization in esp6.
From Colin Ian King.
3) Some BUG to BUG_ON conversions.
From Gustavo A. R. Silva.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike ipip and gre, ip_vti never uses err_count in vti4_err,
so no need to check err_count in vti_xmit, it's value always 0.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to fib_notifier_info and plumb through stack to
call_fib_rule_notifiers, call_fib_entry_notifiers and
call_fib6_entry_notifiers. This allows notifer handlers to
return messages to user.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NLMSGERR API already carries data (eg, a cookie) on the success path.
Allow a message string to be returned as well.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to
pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get the optional "label" property and assign a default one directly at
parse time instead of doing it when creating the slave.
For legacy, simply assign the port name stored in cd->port_names.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fetching the master device can be done directly when a port is parsed
from device tree or pdata, instead of waiting until dsa_dst_parse.
Now that -EPROBE_DEFER is returned before we add the switch to the tree,
there is no need to check for this error after dsa_dst_parse.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Assign a port's type at parsed time instead of waiting for the tree to
be completed.
Because this is now done earlier, we can use the port's type in
dsa_port_is_* helpers instead of digging again in topology description.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add symmetrical DSA port parsing functions for pdata and device tree,
used to parse and validate a given port node or platform data.
They don't do much for the moment but will be extended later on to
assign a port type and get device references.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point into hiding the -EINVAL error code in ERR_PTR from a
dsa_get_ports function, simply get the "ports" node directly from within
the dsa_parse_ports_dn function.
This also has the effect to make the pdata and device tree handling code
symmetrical inside _dsa_register_switch.
At the same time, rename dsa_parse_ports_dn to dsa_parse_ports_of
because _of is a more common suffix for device tree parsing functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-31
This series contains updates to i40e, i40evf and net/sched.
Arnd Bergmann cleans up the power management code to resolve a build
warning.
Shannon Nelson fixes i40e to only redistribute our vectors when we did
not get the full count that we requested.
Alex reverts a previous commit because it potentially causes a memory leak
when combined with the current page recycling scheme.
Amritha enables configuring cloud filters in i40e using the tc-flower
classifier. The classification function of the filter is to match a
packet to a traffic class. cls_flower is extended to offload classid to
hardware. Hardware traffic classes are identified using classid values
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef.
The cloud filters are added for a VSI and are cleaned up when the VSI is
deleted. The filters that match on L4 ports needs enhanced admin queue
functions with big buffer support for extended fields in cloud filter
commands.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With conversion to refcount_t, such manual debugging code doesn't make
sense anymore.
The tunnel part was already dropped by
54652eb12c ("l2tp: hold tunnel while looking up sessions in l2tp_netlink").
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ->ref() and ->deref() callbacks are unused since PPP stopped using
them in ee40fb2e1e ("l2tp: protect sock pointer of struct pppol2tp_session with RCU").
We can thus remove them from struct l2tp_session and drop the do_ref
parameter of l2tp_session_get*().
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch offloads the classid to hardware and uses the classid
reserved in the range :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic
classes reported via dev->num_tc.
tcf_result structure contains the class ID of the class to which
the packet belongs and is offloaded to hardware via flower filter.
A new helper function is introduced to represent HW traffic
classes 0 through 15 using the reserved classid values :ffe0 - :ffef.
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Several function prototypes for the set/get functions defined by
module_param_call() have a slightly wrong argument types. This fixes
those in an effort to clean up the calls when running under type-enforced
compiler instrumentation for CFI. This is the result of running the
following semantic patch:
@match_module_param_call_function@
declarer name module_param_call;
identifier _name, _set_func, _get_func;
expression _arg, _mode;
@@
module_param_call(_name, _set_func, _get_func, _arg, _mode);
@fix_set_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._set_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _set_func(
-_val_type _val
+const char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
@fix_get_prototype
depends on match_module_param_call_function@
identifier match_module_param_call_function._get_func;
identifier _val, _param;
type _val_type, _param_type;
@@
int _get_func(
-_val_type _val
+char * _val
,
-_param_type _param
+const struct kernel_param * _param
) { ... }
Two additional by-hand changes are included for places where the above
Coccinelle script didn't notice them:
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
fs/lockd/svc.c
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Yu <jeyu@kernel.org>
We reset the encapsulation field of the skb too early
in xfrm_output. As a result, the GRE GSO handler does
not segment the packets. This leads to a performance
drop down. We fix this by resetting the encapsulation
field right before we do the transformation, when
the inner headers become invalid.
Fixes: f1bd7d659e ("xfrm: Add encapsulation header offsets while SKB is not encrypted")
Reported-by: Vicente De Luca <vdeluca@zendesk.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
In commit 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
I defer tcf_chain_flush() to a workqueue, this causes a use-after-free
because qdisc is already destroyed after we queue this work.
The tcf_block_put_deferred() is no longer necessary after we get RTNL
for each tc filter destroy work, no others could jump in at this point.
Same for tcf_chain_hold(), we are fully serialized now.
This also reduces one indirection therefore makes the code more
readable. Note this brings back a rcu_barrier(), however comparing
to the code prior to commit 7aa0045dad we still reduced one
rcu_barrier(). For net-next, we can consider to refcnt tcf block to
avoid it.
Fixes: 7aa0045dad ("net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter")
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use l2tp_tunnel_get() in pppol2tp_connect() to ensure the tunnel isn't
going to disappear while processing the rest of the function.
Fixes: fd558d186d ("l2tp: Split pppol2tp patch into separate l2tp and ppp parts")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_getsockopt bpf call sets the ret variable to zero and
never changes it. What's worse in case CONFIG_INET is
not selected the variable is completely unused generating
a warning.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several conflicts here.
NFP driver bug fix adding nfp_netdev_is_nfp_repr() check to
nfp_fl_output() needed some adjustments because the code block is in
an else block now.
Parallel additions to net/pkt_cls.h and net/sch_generic.h
A bug fix in __tcp_retransmit_skb() conflicted with some of
the rbtree changes in net-next.
The tc action RCU callback fixes in 'net' had some overlap with some
of the recent tcf_block reworking.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of using BT_ERR and BT_INFO, convert to bt_dev_err and
bt_dev_info when possible. This allows for controller specific
reporting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Mart reported a deadlock in -RT in the call path:
hci_send_monitor_ctrl_event() -> hci_send_to_channel()
because both functions acquire the same read lock hci_sk_list.lock. This
is also a mainline issue because the qrwlock implementation is writer
fair (the traditional rwlock implementation is reader biased).
To avoid the deadlock there is now __hci_send_to_channel() which expects
the readlock to be held.
Fixes: 38ceaa00d0 ("Bluetooth: Add support for sending MGMT commands and events to monitor")
Reported-by: Mart van de Wege <mvdwege@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix route leak in xfrm_bundle_create().
2) In mac80211, validate user rate mask before configuring it. From
Johannes Berg.
3) Properly enforce memory limits in fair queueing code, from Toke
Hoiland-Jorgensen.
4) Fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req(), from Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix TSO header allocation and management in mvpp2 driver, from Yan
Markman.
6) Don't take socket lock in BH handler in strparser code, from Tom
Herbert.
7) Don't show sockets from other namespaces in AF_UNIX code, from
Andrei Vagin.
8) Fix double free in error path of tap_open(), from Girish Moodalbail.
9) Fix TX map failure path in igb and ixgbe, from Jean-Philippe Brucker
and Alexander Duyck.
10) Fix DCB mode programming in stmmac driver, from Jose Abreu.
11) Fix err_count handling in various tunnels (ipip, ip6_gre). From Xin
Long.
12) Properly align SKB head before building SKB in tuntap, from Jason
Wang.
13) Avoid matching qdiscs with a zero handle during lookups, from Cong
Wang.
14) Fix various endianness bugs in sctp, from Xin Long.
15) Fix tc filter callback races and add selftests which trigger the
problem, from Cong Wang.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (73 commits)
selftests: Introduce a new test case to tc testsuite
selftests: Introduce a new script to generate tc batch file
net_sched: fix call_rcu() race on act_sample module removal
net_sched: add rtnl assertion to tcf_exts_destroy()
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in tcindex filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in rsvp filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in route filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in u32 filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in matchall filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in fw filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flower filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in flow filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in cgroup filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in bpf filter
net_sched: use tcf_queue_work() in basic filter
net_sched: introduce a workqueue for RCU callbacks of tc filter
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced since very beginning
sctp: fix a type cast warnings that causes a_rwnd gets the wrong value
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by transport rhashtable
sctp: fix some type cast warnings introduced by stream reconf
...
Similar to commit c78e1746d3
("net: sched: fix call_rcu() race on classifier module unloads"),
we need to wait for flying RCU callback tcf_sample_cleanup_rcu().
Cc: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After previous patches, it is now safe to claim that
tcf_exts_destroy() is always called with RTNL lock.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer the tcf_exts_destroy() in RCU callback to
tc filter workqueue and get RTNL lock.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a dedicated workqueue for tc filters
so that each tc filter's RCU callback could defer their
action destroy work to this workqueue. The helper
tcf_queue_work() is introduced for them to use.
Because we hold RTNL lock when calling tcf_block_put(), we
can not simply flush works inside it, therefore we have to
defer it again to this workqueue and make sure all flying RCU
callbacks have already queued their work before this one, in
other words, to ensure this is the last one to execute to
prevent any use-after-free.
On the other hand, this makes tcf_block_put() ugly and
harder to understand. Since David and Eric strongly dislike
adding synchronize_rcu(), this is probably the only
solution that could make everyone happy.
Please also see the code comments below.
Reported-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If command is added to req then it should be freed in case if
hdev is down or HCI_ADVERTISING flag is set.
This introduces a helper in hci_request to purge the cmd_q
to make cmd_q internal to hci_request which is used to fix
the leak.
This also replace accessing of cmd_q in hci_conn with the
new helper.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganathx.kanakkassery@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are there since very beginning.
Note after this patch, there still one warning left in
sctp_outq_flush():
sctp_chunk_fail(chunk, SCTP_ERROR_INV_STRM)
Since it has been moved to sctp_stream_outq_migrate on net-next,
to avoid the extra job when merging net-next to net, I will post
the fix for it after the merging is done.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
Commit d4d6fb5787 ("sctp: Try not to change a_rwnd when faking a
SACK from SHUTDOWN.") expected to use the peers old rwnd and add
our flight size to the a_rwnd. But with the wrong Endian, it may
not work as well as expected.
So fix it by converting to the right value.
Fixes: d4d6fb5787 ("sctp: Try not to change a_rwnd when faking a SACK from SHUTDOWN.")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian for the port when
coding transport rhashtable patches.
Fixes: 7fda702f93 ("sctp: use new rhlist interface on sctp transport rhashtable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These warnings were found by running 'make C=2 M=net/sctp/'.
They are introduced by not aware of Endian when coding stream
reconf patches.
Since commit c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for
reconf_enable") enabled stream reconf feature for users, the
Fixes tag below would use it.
Fixes: c0d8bab6ae ("sctp: add get and set sockopt for reconf_enable")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Davide found the following script triggers a NULL pointer
dereference:
ip l a name eth0 type dummy
tc q a dev eth0 parent :1 handle 1: htb
This is because for a freshly created netdevice noop_qdisc
is attached and when passing 'parent :1', kernel actually
tries to match the major handle which is 0 and noop_qdisc
has handle 0 so is matched by mistake. Commit 69012ae425
tries to fix a similar bug but still misses this case.
Handle 0 is not a valid one, should be just skipped. In
fact, kernel uses it as TC_H_UNSPEC.
Fixes: 69012ae425 ("net: sched: fix handling of singleton qdiscs with qdisc_hash")
Fixes: 59cc1f61f0 ("net: sched:convert qdisc linked list to hashtable")
Reported-by: Davide Caratti <dcaratti@redhat.com>
Cc: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cached routes should only be created by the system when receiving pmtu
discovery or ip redirect msg. Users should not be allowed to create
cached routes.
Furthermore, after the patch series to move cached routes into exception
table, user added cached routes will trigger the following warning in
fib6_add():
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 2985 at net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
Kernel panic - not syncing: panic_on_warn set ...
CPU: 0 PID: 2985 Comm: syzkaller320388 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc3+ #74
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
Call Trace:
__dump_stack lib/dump_stack.c:16 [inline]
dump_stack+0x194/0x257 lib/dump_stack.c:52
panic+0x1e4/0x417 kernel/panic.c:181
__warn+0x1c4/0x1d9 kernel/panic.c:542
report_bug+0x211/0x2d0 lib/bug.c:183
fixup_bug+0x40/0x90 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:178
do_trap_no_signal arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:212 [inline]
do_trap+0x260/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:261
do_error_trap+0x120/0x390 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:298
do_invalid_op+0x1b/0x20 arch/x86/kernel/traps.c:311
invalid_op+0x18/0x20 arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:905
RIP: 0010:fib6_add+0x20d9/0x2c10 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1137
RSP: 0018:ffff8801cf09f6a0 EFLAGS: 00010297
RAX: ffff8801ce45e340 RBX: 1ffff10039e13eec RCX: ffff8801d749c814
RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: ffff8801d749c700 RDI: ffff8801d749c780
RBP: ffff8801cf09fa08 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: ffff8801cf09f360
R10: ffff8801cf09f2d8 R11: 1ffff10039c8befb R12: 0000000000000001
R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: ffff8801d749c700 R15: ffffffff860655c0
__ip6_ins_rt+0x6c/0x90 net/ipv6/route.c:1011
ip6_route_add+0x148/0x1a0 net/ipv6/route.c:2782
ipv6_route_ioctl+0x4d5/0x690 net/ipv6/route.c:3291
inet6_ioctl+0xef/0x1e0 net/ipv6/af_inet6.c:521
sock_do_ioctl+0x65/0xb0 net/socket.c:961
sock_ioctl+0x2c2/0x440 net/socket.c:1058
vfs_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:45 [inline]
do_vfs_ioctl+0x1b1/0x1530 fs/ioctl.c:685
SYSC_ioctl fs/ioctl.c:700 [inline]
SyS_ioctl+0x8f/0xc0 fs/ioctl.c:691
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
So we fix this by failing the attemp to add cached routes from userspace
with returning EINVAL error.
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when migrating sock to another one in sctp_sock_migrate(), it only
resets owner sk for the data in receive queues, not the chunks on out
queues.
It would cause that data chunks length on the sock is not consistent
with sk sk_wmem_alloc. When closing the sock or freeing these chunks,
the old sk would never be freed, and the new sock may crash due to
the overflow sk_wmem_alloc.
syzbot found this issue with this series:
r0 = socket$inet_sctp()
sendto$inet(r0)
listen(r0)
accept4(r0)
close(r0)
Although listen() should have returned error when one TCP-style socket
is in connecting (I may fix this one in another patch), it could also
be reproduced by peeling off an assoc.
This issue is there since very beginning.
This patch is to reset owner sk for the chunks on out queues so that
sk sk_wmem_alloc has correct value after accept one sock or peeloff
an assoc to one sock.
Note that when resetting owner sk for chunks on outqueue, it has to
sctp_clear_owner_w/skb_orphan chunks before changing assoc->base.sk
first and then sctp_set_owner_w them after changing assoc->base.sk,
due to that sctp_wfree and it's callees are using assoc->base.sk.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-27
This patchset is a proposal of how the Traffic Control subsystem can
be used to offload the configuration of the Credit Based Shaper
(defined in the IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2) into supported
network devices.
As part of this work, we've assessed previous public discussions
related to TSN enabling: patches from Henrik Austad (Cisco), the
presentation from Eric Mann at Linux Plumbers 2012, patches from
Gangfeng Huang (National Instruments) and the current state of the
OpenAVNU project (https://github.com/AVnu/OpenAvnu/).
Overview
========
Time-sensitive Networking (TSN) is a set of standards that aim to
address resources availability for providing bandwidth reservation and
bounded latency on Ethernet based LANs. The proposal described here
aims to cover mainly what is needed to enable the following standards:
802.1Qat and 802.1Qav.
The initial target of this work is the Intel i210 NIC, but other
controllers' datasheet were also taken into account, like the Renesas
RZ/A1H RZ/A1M group and the Synopsis DesignWare Ethernet QoS
controller.
Proposal
========
Feature-wise, what is covered here is the configuration interfaces for
HW implementations of the Credit-Based shaper (CBS, 802.1Qav). CBS is
a per-queue shaper. Given that this feature is related to traffic
shaping, and that the traffic control subsystem already provides a
queueing discipline that offloads config into the device driver (i.e.
mqprio), designing a new qdisc for the specific purpose of offloading
the config for the CBS shaper seemed like a good fit.
For steering traffic into the correct queues, we use the socket option
SO_PRIORITY and then a mechanism to map priority to traffic classes /
Tx queues. The qdisc mqprio is currently used in our tests.
As for the CBS config interface, this patchset is proposing a new
qdisc called 'cbs'. Its 'tc' cmd line is:
$ tc qdisc add dev IFACE parent ID cbs locredit N hicredit M sendslope S \
idleslope I
Note that the parameters for this qdisc are the ones defined by the
802.1Q-2014 spec, so no hardware specific functionality is exposed here.
Per-stream shaping, as defined by IEEE 802.1Q-2014 Section 34.6.1, is
not yet covered by this proposal.
v2: Merged patch 6 of the original series into patch 4 based on feedback
from David Miller.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent additions to support multiple programs in cgroups impose
a strict requirement, "all yes is yes, any no is no". To enforce
this the infrastructure requires the 'no' return code, SK_DROP in
this case, to be 0.
To apply these rules to SK_SKB program types the sk_actions return
codes need to be adjusted.
This fix adds SK_PASS and makes 'SK_DROP = 0'. Finally, remove
SK_ABORTED to remove any chance that the API may allow aborted
program flows to be passed up the stack. This would be incorrect
behavior and allow programs to break existing policies.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB program types use bpf_compute_data to store the end of the
packet data. However, bpf_compute_data assumes the cb is stored in the
qdisc layer format. But, for SK_SKB this is the wrong layer of the
stack for this type.
It happens to work (sort of!) because in most cases nothing happens
to be overwritten today. This is very fragile and error prone.
Fortunately, we have another hole in tcp_skb_cb we can use so lets
put the data_end value there.
Note, SK_SKB program types do not use data_meta, they are failed by
sk_skb_is_valid_access().
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pppol2tp_connect() initialises L2TP sessions after they've been exposed
to the rest of the system by l2tp_session_register(). This puts
sessions into transient states that are the source of several races, in
particular with session's deletion path.
This patch centralises the initialisation code into
pppol2tp_session_init(), which is called before the registration phase.
The only field that can't be set before session registration is the
pppol2tp socket pointer, which has already been converted to RCU. So
pppol2tp_connect() should now be race-free.
The session's .session_close() callback is now set before registration.
Therefore, it's always called when l2tp_core deletes the session, even
if it was created by pppol2tp_session_create() and hasn't been plugged
to a pppol2tp socket yet. That'd prevent session free because the extra
reference taken by pppol2tp_session_close() wouldn't be dropped by the
socket's ->sk_destruct() callback (pppol2tp_session_destruct()).
We could set .session_close() only while connecting a session to its
pppol2tp socket, or teach pppol2tp_session_close() to avoid grabbing a
reference when the session isn't connected, but that'd require adding
some form of synchronisation to be race free.
Instead of that, we can just let the pppol2tp socket hold a reference
on the session as soon as it starts depending on it (that is, in
pppol2tp_connect()). Then we don't need to utilise
pppol2tp_session_close() to hold a reference at the last moment to
prevent l2tp_core from dropping it.
When releasing the socket, pppol2tp_release() now deletes the session
using the standard l2tp_session_delete() function, instead of merely
removing it from hash tables. l2tp_session_delete() drops the reference
the sessions holds on itself, but also makes sure it doesn't remove a
session twice. So it can safely be called, even if l2tp_core already
tried, or is concurrently trying, to remove the session.
Finally, pppol2tp_session_destruct() drops the reference held by the
socket.
Fixes: fd558d186d ("l2tp: Split pppol2tp patch into separate l2tp and ppp parts")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pppol2tp_session_create() registers sessions that can't have their
corresponding socket initialised. This socket has to be created by
userspace, then connected to the session by pppol2tp_connect().
Therefore, we need to protect the pppol2tp socket pointer of L2TP
sessions, so that it can safely be updated when userspace is connecting
or closing the socket. This will eventually allow pppol2tp_connect()
to avoid generating transient states while initialising its parts of the
session.
To this end, this patch protects the pppol2tp socket pointer using RCU.
The pppol2tp socket pointer is still set in pppol2tp_connect(), but
only once we know the function isn't going to fail. It's eventually
reset by pppol2tp_release(), which now has to wait for a grace period
to elapse before it can drop the last reference on the socket. This
ensures that pppol2tp_session_get_sock() can safely grab a reference
on the socket, even after ps->sk is reset to NULL but before this
operation actually gets visible from pppol2tp_session_get_sock().
The rest is standard RCU conversion: pppol2tp_recv(), which already
runs in atomic context, is simply enclosed by rcu_read_lock() and
rcu_read_unlock(), while other functions are converted to use
pppol2tp_session_get_sock() followed by sock_put().
pppol2tp_session_setsockopt() is a special case. It used to retrieve
the pppol2tp socket from the L2TP session, which itself was retrieved
from the pppol2tp socket. Therefore we can just avoid dereferencing
ps->sk and directly use the original socket pointer instead.
With all users of ps->sk now handling NULL and concurrent updates, the
L2TP ->ref() and ->deref() callbacks aren't needed anymore. Therefore,
rather than converting pppol2tp_session_sock_hold() and
pppol2tp_session_sock_put(), we can just drop them.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sessions must be initialised before being made externally visible by
l2tp_session_register(). Otherwise the session may be concurrently
deleted before being initialised, which can confuse the deletion path
and eventually lead to kernel oops.
Therefore, we need to move l2tp_session_register() down in
l2tp_eth_create(), but also handle the intermediate step where only the
session or the netdevice has been registered.
We can't just call l2tp_session_register() in ->ndo_init() because
we'd have no way to properly undo this operation in ->ndo_uninit().
Instead, let's register the session and the netdevice in two different
steps and protect the session's device pointer with RCU.
And now that we allow the session's .dev field to be NULL, we don't
need to prevent the netdevice from being removed anymore. So we can
drop the dev_hold() and dev_put() calls in l2tp_eth_create() and
l2tp_eth_dev_uninit().
Fixes: d9e31d17ce ("l2tp: Add L2TP ethernet pseudowire support")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sessions created by l2tp_session_create() aren't fully initialised:
some pseudo-wire specific operations need to be done before making the
session usable. Therefore the PPP and Ethernet pseudo-wires continue
working on the returned l2tp session while it's already been exposed to
the rest of the system.
This can lead to various issues. In particular, the session may enter
the deletion process before having been fully initialised, which will
confuse the session removal code.
This patch moves session registration out of l2tp_session_create(), so
that callers can control when the session is exposed to the rest of the
system. This is done by the new l2tp_session_register() function.
Only pppol2tp_session_create() can be easily converted to avoid
modifying its session after registration (the debug message is dropped
in order to avoid the need for holding a reference on the session).
For pppol2tp_connect() and l2tp_eth_create()), more work is needed.
That'll be done in followup patches. For now, let's just register the
session right after its creation, like it was done before. The only
difference is that we can easily take a reference on the session before
registering it, so, at least, we're sure it's not going to be freed
while we're working on it.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This causes build failures:
In file included from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:79:0:
./include/linux/unaligned/access_ok.h:7:28: error: redefinition of
'get_unaligned_le16'
In file included from ./include/asm-generic/unaligned.h:17:0,
from ./arch/arm/include/generated/asm/unaligned.h:1,
from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:76:
./include/linux/unaligned/le_struct.h:6:19: note: previous definition
of 'get_unaligned_le16' was here
In file included from net/ipv4/tcp_input.c:79:0:
./include/linux/unaligned/access_ok.h:12:28: error: redefinition of
'get_unaligned_le32'
Plain "asm/access_ok.h", which is already included, is
sufficient.
Fixes: 60e2a77807 ("tcp: TCP experimental option for SMC")
Reported-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch there was no way to tell if the vlan add operation
actually changed anything, thus we would always generate a notification
on adds. Let's make the notifications more precise and generate them
only if anything changed, so use the new bool parameter to signal that the
vlan was updated. We cannot return an error because there are valid use
cases that will be broken (e.g. overlapping range add) and also we can't
risk masking errors due to calls into drivers for vlan add which can
potentially return anything.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch we had cases that either sent notifications when there
were in fact no changes (e.g. non-existent vlan delete) or didn't send
notifications when there were changes (e.g. vlan add range with an error in
the middle, port flags change + vlan update error). This patch sends down
a boolean to the functions setlink/dellink use and if there is even a
single configuration change (port flag, vlan add/del, port state) then
we always send a notification. This is all done to keep backwards
compatibility with the opportunistic vlan delete, where one could
specify a vlan range that has missing vlans inside and still everything
in that range will be cleared, this is mostly used to clear the whole
vlan config with a single call, i.e. range 1-4094.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also remove an obsolete comment about TCP pacing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the unlikely event tcp_mtu_probe() is sending a packet, we
want tp->tcp_mstamp being as accurate as possible.
This means we need to call tcp_mstamp_refresh() a bit earlier in
tcp_write_xmit().
Fixes: 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make use of the swap macro and remove unnecessary variable tmp_addr.
This makes the code easier to read and maintain.
This code was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new bindings (dsa2.c) and the old bindings (legacy.c) share two
helpers dsa_cpu_dsa_setup and dsa_cpu_dsa_destroy, used to register or
deregister a fixed PHY if a given port has a corresponding device node.
Unclutter the code by moving them into two new port.c helpers,
dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of and dsa_port_fixed_link_(un)register_of.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for offloading the CBS algorithm to the controller,
if supported. Drivers wanting to support CBS offload must implement
the .ndo_setup_tc callback and handle the TC_SETUP_CBS (introduced
here) type.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This queueing discipline implements the shaper algorithm defined by
the 802.1Q-2014 Section 8.6.8.2 and detailed in Annex L.
It's primary usage is to apply some bandwidth reservation to user
defined traffic classes, which are mapped to different queues via the
mqprio qdisc.
Only a simple software implementation is added for now.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When replacing a child qdisc from mqprio, tc_modify_qdisc() must fetch
the netdev_queue pointer that the current child qdisc is associated
with before creating the new qdisc.
Currently, when using mqprio as root qdisc, the kernel will end up
getting the queue #0 pointer from the mqprio (root qdisc), which leaves
any new child qdisc with a possibly wrong netdev_queue pointer.
Implementing the Qdisc_class_ops select_queue() on mqprio fixes this
issue and avoid an inconsistent state when child qdiscs are replaced.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, the class_ops select_queue() implementation on sch_mq
returns a pointer to netdev_queue #0 when it receives and invalid
qdisc id. That can be misleading since all of mq's inner qdiscs are
attached to a valid netdev_queue.
Here we fix that by returning NULL when a qdisc id is invalid. This is
aligned with how select_queue() is implemented for sch_mqprio in the
next patch on this series, keeping a consistent behavior between these
two qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In qdisc_alloc() the dev_queue pointer was used without any checks
being performed. If qdisc_create() gets a null dev_queue pointer, it
just passes it along to qdisc_alloc(), leading to a crash. That
happens if a root qdisc implements select_queue() and returns a null
dev_queue pointer for an "invalid handle", for example, or if the
dev_queue associated with the parent qdisc is null.
This patch is in preparation for the next in this series, where
select_queue() is being added to mqprio and as it may return a null
dev_queue.
Signed-off-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Tested-by: Henrik Austad <henrik@austad.us>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this
information at the switch level. This is a static information that is
part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit
to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks.
A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a
static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask
mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching
this internal mask.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most of the DSA code still check ds->enabled_port_mask directly to
inspect a given port type instead of using the provided dsa_is_user_port
helper. Change this.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When receiving a Toobig icmpv6 packet, ip6gre_err would just set
tunnel dev's mtu, that's not enough. For skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu may
still be using the old value, it has no chance to be updated with
tunnel dev's mtu.
Jianlin found this issue by reducing route's mtu while running
netperf, the performance went to 0.
ip6ip6 and ip4ip6 tunnel can work well with this, as they lookup
the upper dst and update_pmtu it's pmtu or icmpv6_send a Toobig
to upper socket after setting tunnel dev's mtu.
We couldn't do that for ip6_gre, as gre's inner packet could be
any protocol, it's difficult to handle them (like lookup upper
dst) in a good way.
So this patch is to fix it by updating skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu when
dev->mtu < skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu in tx path. It's safe to do this
update there, as usually dev->mtu <= skb_dst(skb)'s pmtu and no
performance regression can be caused by this.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The similar fix in patch 'ipip: only increase err_count for some
certain type icmp in ipip_err' is needed for ip6gre_err.
In Jianlin's case, udp netperf broke even when receiving a TooBig
icmpv6 packet.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t->err_count is used to count the link failure on tunnel and an err
will be reported to user socket in tx path if t->err_count is not 0.
udp socket could even return EHOSTUNREACH to users.
Since commit fd58156e45 ("IPIP: Use ip-tunneling code.") removed
the 'switch check' for icmp type in ipip_err(), err_count would be
increased by the icmp packet with ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME code. an link
failure would be reported out due to this.
In Jianlin's case, when receiving ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME a icmp packet,
udp netperf failed with the err:
send_data: data send error: No route to host (errno 113)
We expect this error reported from tunnel to socket when receiving
some certain type icmp, but not ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME, ICMP_SR_FAILED
or ICMP_PARAMETERPROB ones.
This patch is to bring 'switch check' for icmp type back to ipip_err
so that it only reports link failure for the right type icmp, just as
in ipgre_err() and ipip6_err().
Fixes: fd58156e45 ("IPIP: Use ip-tunneling code.")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CPU transmit directly to port using tag, the LAN9303 does not
learn MAC addresses received on the CPU port into the ALR.
ALR learning is performed only when transmitting using ALR lookup.
Solution:
If the two external ports are bridged and the packet is not STP BPDU,
then use ALR lookup to allow ALR learning on CPU port.
Otherwise transmit directly to port with STP state override.
Signed-off-by: Egil Hjelmeland <privat@egil-hjelmeland.no>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the code that tried to identify if a PHY designated by Device
Tree required diversion through the DSA-created MDIO bus. This was
created mainly for the bcm_sf2.c driver back when it did not have its
own MDIO bus driver, which it now has since 461cd1b03e ("net: dsa:
bcm_sf2: Register our slave MDIO bus").
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Martin Hundebøll <mnhu@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Note that sysctl_tcp_thin_dupack was not used, I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in esp_remove_trailer.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6b1o
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-25
Here are:
* follow-up fixes for the WoWLAN security issue, to fix a
partial TKIP key material problem and to use crypto_memneq()
* a change for better enforcement of FQ's memory limit
* a disconnect/connect handling fix, and
* a user rate mask validation fix
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
l2tp_tunnel_delete does not return anything since commit 62b982eeb4
("l2tp: fix race condition in l2tp_tunnel_delete"). But call sites of
l2tp_tunnel_delete still do casts to void to avoid unused return value
warnings.
Kill these now useless casts.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
The SMC protocol [1] uses a rendezvous protocol to negotiate SMC
capability between peers. The current Linux implementation does not yet
use this rendezvous protocol and, thus, is not compliant to RFC7609 and
incompatible with other SMC implementations like in zOS.
This patch adds support for the SMC rendezvous protocol. It uses a new
TCP experimental option. With this option, SMC capabilities are
exchanged between the peers during the TCP three way handshake.
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC protocol [1] relies on the use of a new TCP experimental
option [2, 3]. With this option, SMC capabilities are exchanged
between peers during the TCP three way handshake. This patch adds
support for this experimental option to TCP.
References:
[1] SMC-R Informational RFC: http://www.rfc-editor.org/info/rfc7609
[2] Shared Use of TCP Experimental Options RFC 6994:
https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6994.txt
[3] IANA ExID SMCR:
http://www.iana.org/assignments/tcp-parameters/tcp-parameters.xhtml#tcp-exids
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link group creation is synchronized with the smc_create_lgr_pending
lock. In smc_listen_work() this mutex is sometimes unlocked, even
though it has not been locked before. This issue will surface in
presence of the SMC rendezvous code.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation calls tcp_rate_skb_sent() when tcp_transmit_skb()
is called when it clones skb only. Not calling tcp_rate_skb_sent() is OK
for all such code paths except from __tcp_retransmit_skb() which happens
when skb->data address is not aligned. This may rarely happen e.g. when
small amount of data is sent initially and the receiver partially acks
odd number of bytes for some reason, possibly malicious.
Signed-off-by: Yousuk Seung <ysseung@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tsk->group is set to grp earlier, but we forget to unset it
after grp is freed.
Fixes: 75da2163db ("tipc: introduce communication groups")
Reported-by: syzkaller bot
Cc: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Although CONFIG_VSOCKETS_DIAG depends on CONFIG_VSOCKETS,
vsock_init_tables() is not always called, it is called only
if other modules call its caller. Therefore if we only
enable CONFIG_VSOCKETS_DIAG, it would crash kernel on uninitialized
vsock_bind_table.
This patch fixes it by moving vsock_init_tables() to its own
module_init().
Fixes: 413a4317ac ("VSOCK: add sock_diag interface")
Reported-by: syzkaller bot
Cc: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Cc: Jorgen Hansen <jhansen@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In my first attempt to fix the lockdep splat, I forgot we could
enter inet_csk_route_req() with a freshly allocated request socket,
for which refcount has not yet been elevated, due to complex
SLAB_TYPESAFE_BY_RCU rules.
We either are in rcu_read_lock() section _or_ we own a refcount on the
request.
Correct RCU verb to use here is rcu_dereference_check(), although it is
not possible to prove we actually own a reference on a shared
refcount :/
In v2, I added ireq_opt_deref() helper and use in three places, to fix other
possible splats.
[ 49.844590] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xea/0xf3
[ 49.846487] inet_csk_route_req+0x53/0x14d
[ 49.848334] tcp_v4_route_req+0xe/0x10
[ 49.850174] tcp_conn_request+0x31c/0x6a0
[ 49.851992] ? __lock_acquire+0x614/0x822
[ 49.854015] tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.855957] ? tcp_v4_conn_request+0x5a/0x79
[ 49.858052] tcp_rcv_state_process+0x98/0xdcc
[ 49.859990] ? sk_filter_trim_cap+0x2f6/0x307
[ 49.862085] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.864055] ? tcp_v4_do_rcv+0xfc/0x145
[ 49.866173] tcp_v4_rcv+0x5ab/0xaf9
[ 49.868029] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x1af/0x2e7
[ 49.870064] ip_local_deliver+0x1b2/0x1c5
[ 49.871775] ? inet_del_offload+0x45/0x45
[ 49.873916] ip_rcv_finish+0x3f7/0x471
[ 49.875476] ip_rcv+0x3f1/0x42f
[ 49.876991] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x2e7/0x2e7
[ 49.878791] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x6d3/0x950
[ 49.880701] ? process_backlog+0x7e/0x216
[ 49.882589] __netif_receive_skb+0x1d/0x5e
[ 49.884122] process_backlog+0x10c/0x216
[ 49.885812] net_rx_action+0x147/0x3df
Fixes: a6ca7abe53 ("tcp/dccp: fix lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()")
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kernel test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of unsignaled work-requests posted to the IB send queue is
tracked by a counter in the rds_ib_connection struct. When it reaches
zero, or the caller explicitly asks for it, the send-signaled bit is
set in send_flags and the counter is reset. This is performed by the
rds_ib_set_wr_signal_state() function.
However, this function is not always used which yields inaccurate
accounting. This commit fixes this, re-factors a code bloat related to
the matter, and makes the actual parameter type to the function
consistent.
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
send_flags needs to be initialized before calling
rds_ib_set_wr_signal_state().
Signed-off-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unapply functions are called on the error path.
As for dsa_port_mask, enabled_port_mask and cpu_port_mask won't be used
after so there's no need to unmask the corresponding port bit from them.
This makes dsa_cpu_port_unapply() and dsa_dsa_port_unapply() identical,
which can be factorized later.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The legacy code does not unmask the cpu_port_mask and dsa_port_mask as
stated. But this is done on the error path and those masks won't be used
after that. So instead of fixing the bit operation, simply remove it.
Fixes: 83c0afaec7 ("net: dsa: Add new binding implementation")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a socket has a valid dst cache, then xfrm_lookup_route will get
skipped. However, the cache is not invalidated when applying policy to a
socket (i.e. IPV6_XFRM_POLICY). The result is that new policies are
sometimes ignored on those sockets. (Note: This was broken for IPv4 and
IPv6 at different times.)
This can be demonstrated like so,
1. Create UDP socket.
2. connect() the socket.
3. Apply an outbound XFRM policy to the socket. (setsockopt)
4. send() data on the socket.
Packets will continue to be sent in the clear instead of matching an
xfrm or returning a no-match error (EAGAIN). This affects calls to
send() and not sendto().
Invalidating the sk_dst_cache is necessary to correctly apply xfrm
policies. Since we do this in xfrm_user_policy(), the sk_lock was
already acquired in either do_ip_setsockopt() or do_ipv6_setsockopt(),
and we may call __sk_dst_reset().
Performance impact should be negligible, since this code is only called
when changing xfrm policy, and only affects the socket in question.
Fixes: 00bc0ef588 ("ipv6: Skip XFRM lookup if dst_entry in socket cache is valid")
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/517555
Tested: https://android-review.googlesource.com/418659
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Basseri <misterikkit@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
socket_diag shows information only about sockets from a namespace where
a diag socket lives.
But if we request information about one unix socket, the kernel don't
check that its netns is matched with a diag socket namespace, so any
user can get information about any unix socket in a system. This looks
like a bug.
v2: add a Fixes tag
Fixes: 51d7cccf07 ("net: make sock diag per-namespace")
Signed-off-by: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following warning was reported by syzbot on Oct 24. 2017:
KASAN: slab-out-of-bounds Read in tipc_nametbl_lookup_dst_nodes
This is a harmless bug, but we still want to get rid of the warning,
so we swap the two conditions in question.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
jhash_1word of a u16 is a different value from jhash of the same u16 with
length 2.
Since elements are always inserted in sets using jhash over the actual
klen, this would lead to incorrect lookups on fixed-size sets with a key
length of 2, as they would be inserted with hash value jhash(key, 2) and
looked up with hash value jhash_1word(key), which is different.
Example reproducer(v4.13+), using anonymous sets which always have a
fixed size:
table inet t {
chain c {
type filter hook output priority 0; policy accept;
tcp dport { 10001, 10003, 10005, 10007, 10009 } counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10001 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10003 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10005 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
tcp dport 10007 counter packets 0 bytes 0 reject
tcp dport 10009 counter packets 4 bytes 240 reject
}
}
then use nc -z localhost <port> to probe; incorrectly hashed ports will
pass through the set lookup and increment the counter of an individual
rule.
jhash being seeded with a random value, it is not deterministic which
ports will incorrectly hash, but in testing with 5 ports in the set I
always had 4 or 5 with an incorrect hash value.
Signed-off-by: Anatole Denis <anatole@rezel.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For the reinstall prevention, the code I had added compares the
whole key. It turns out though that iwlwifi firmware doesn't
provide the TKIP TX MIC key as it's not needed in client mode,
and thus the comparison will always return false.
For client mode, thus always zero out the TX MIC key part before
doing the comparison in order to avoid accepting the reinstall
of the key with identical encryption and RX MIC key, but not the
same TX MIC key (since the supplicant provides the real one.)
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Please do not apply this to mainline directly, instead please re-run the
coccinelle script shown below and apply its output.
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't harmful, and changing them results in
churn.
However, for some features, the read/write distinction is critical to
correct operation. To distinguish these cases, separate read/write
accessors must be used. This patch migrates (most) remaining
ACCESS_ONCE() instances to {READ,WRITE}_ONCE(), using the following
coccinelle script:
----
// Convert trivial ACCESS_ONCE() uses to equivalent READ_ONCE() and
// WRITE_ONCE()
// $ make coccicheck COCCI=/home/mark/once.cocci SPFLAGS="--include-headers" MODE=patch
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-19-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts the IPv4 TCP input code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-8-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
For several reasons, it is desirable to use {READ,WRITE}_ONCE() in
preference to ACCESS_ONCE(), and new code is expected to use one of the
former. So far, there's been no reason to change most existing uses of
ACCESS_ONCE(), as these aren't currently harmful.
However, for some features it is necessary to instrument reads and
writes separately, which is not possible with ACCESS_ONCE(). This
distinction is critical to correct operation.
It's possible to transform the bulk of kernel code using the Coccinelle
script below. However, this doesn't handle comments, leaving references
to ACCESS_ONCE() instances which have been removed. As a preparatory
step, this patch converts netlink and netfilter code and comments to use
{READ,WRITE}_ONCE() consistently.
----
virtual patch
@ depends on patch @
expression E1, E2;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E1) = E2
+ WRITE_ONCE(E1, E2)
@ depends on patch @
expression E;
@@
- ACCESS_ONCE(E)
+ READ_ONCE(E)
----
Signed-off-by: Mark Rutland <mark.rutland@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Cc: mpe@ellerman.id.au
Cc: shuah@kernel.org
Cc: snitzer@redhat.com
Cc: thor.thayer@linux.intel.com
Cc: tj@kernel.org
Cc: viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk
Cc: will.deacon@arm.com
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1508792849-3115-7-git-send-email-paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Hightlights include:
- Fix a list corruption in xprt_release()
- Fix a workqueue lockdep warning due to unsafe use of cancel_work_sync()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=M0ih
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-4.14-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client bugfixes from Trond Myklebust:
- Fix a list corruption in xprt_release()
- Fix a workqueue lockdep warning due to unsafe use of
cancel_work_sync()
* tag 'nfs-for-4.14-4' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs:
SUNRPC: Destroy transport from the system workqueue
SUNRPC: fix a list corruption issue in xprt_release()
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using an explicit static variable to hold
additional expiration details.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Mike Maloney <maloney@google.com>
Cc: Jarno Rajahalme <jarno@ovn.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Arvid Brodin <arvid.brodin@alten.se>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Adds a pointer back to the sock.
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Paul E. McKenney" <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Joerg Reuter <jreuter@yaina.de>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-sctp@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event
process back to rtnetlink_event', bond_lower_state_changed would
generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event which would send a notification
to userspace in rtnetlink_event.
There's no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification
any more. So this patch is to remove it from these places after
bond_lower_state_changed.
Besides, after this, rtmsg_ifinfo is not needed to be exported.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to bring NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE event process back
to rtnetlink_event so that bonding could use it instead of calling
rtmsg_ifinfo to send a notification to userspace after netdev lower
state is changed in the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit dc709f3757 ("rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event
process back in rtnetlink_event"), rtnetlink_event would process the
NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event and send a notification to userspace.
In add_del_if, it would generate NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event by whether
netdev_master_upper_dev_link or netdev_upper_dev_unlink. There's
no need to call rtmsg_ifinfo to send the notification any more.
So this patch is to remove it from add_del_if also to avoid redundant
notifications.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case of pdata, the dsa_cpu_parse function calls dev_put() before
making sure it isn't NULL. Fix this.
Fixes: 71e0bbde0d ("net: dsa: Add support for platform data")
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sock lock may be taken in the message timer function which is a
problem since timers run in BH. Instead of timers use delayed_work.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Fixes: bbb03029a8 ("strparser: Generalize strparser")
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@quantonium.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl drops tunneled packets if the remote
address (outer v6 destination) is one of host's locally configured
addresses.
Same applies to ip6_tnl_rcv_ctl: it drops packets if the remote address
(outer v6 source) is a local address.
This prevents using ipxip6 (and ip6_gre) tunnels whose local/remote
endpoints are on same host; OTOH v4 tunnels (ipip or gre) allow such
configurations.
An example where this proves useful is a system where entities are
identified by their unique v6 addresses, and use tunnels to encapsulate
traffic between them. The limitation prevents placing several entities
on same host.
Introduce IP6_TNL_F_ALLOW_LOCAL_REMOTE which allows to bypass this
restriction.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing counter decrement to prevent out of bounds memory read.
Signed-off-by: Eric Sesterhenn <eric.sesterhenn@x41-dsec.de>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Only stored, never read. This is a leftover from commit 7d08487777
("netfilter: connlimit: use rbtree for per-host conntrack obj storage"),
which added the rbtree node struct that stores the address instead.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
after previous commit xt_replace_table will wait until all cpus
had even seqcount (i.e., no cpu is accessing old ruleset).
Add a 'old' counter retrival version that doesn't synchronize counters.
Its not needed, the old counters are not in use anymore at this point.
This speeds up table replacement on busy systems with large tables
(and many cores).
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
xt_replace_table relies on table replacement counter retrieval (which
uses xt_recseq to synchronize pcpu counters).
This is fine, however with large rule set get_counters() can take
a very long time -- it needs to synchronize all counters because
it has to assume concurrent modifications can occur.
Make xt_replace_table synchronize by itself by waiting until all cpus
had an even seqcount.
This allows a followup patch to copy the counters of the old ruleset
without any synchonization after xt_replace_table has completed.
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
Add a wrapper for the previous patch that extracs the information
from nf_conn and passes it to nf_l4proto_log_invalid().
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We currently pass down the l4 protocol to the conntrack ->packet()
function, but the only user of this is the debug info decision.
Same information can be derived from struct nf_conn.
As a first step, add and use a new log function for this, similar to
nf_ct_helper_log().
Add __cold annotation -- invalid packets should be infrequent so
gcc can consider all call paths that lead to such a function as
unlikely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can use a single statement for this.
While at it, fixup the comment -- we don't have pernet table/ops
anymore, the function is only called from module exit path.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We have a memleak whenever a flow matches a policy without
a matching SA. In this case we generate a dummy bundle and
take an additional refcount on the dst_entry. This was needed
as long as we had the flowcache. The flowcache removal patches
deleted all related refcounts but forgot the one for the
dummy bundle case. Fix the memleak by removing this refcount.
Fixes: 3ca28286ea ("xfrm_policy: bypass flow_cache_lookup")
Reported-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-10-24
1) Fix a memleak when we don't find a inner_mode
during bundle creation. From David Miller.
2) Fix a xfrm policy dump crash. We may crash
on error when dumping policies via netlink.
Fix this by initializing the policy walk
with the cb->start method. This fix is a
serious stable candidate. From Herbert Xu.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to commit b3f55bdda8, the networking core doesn't wire an in-place
actions list the when the low level driver is called to offload the flow,
but all low level drivers do that (call tcf_exts_to_list()) in their
offloading "add" logic.
Now, the in-place list is set in the core which goes over the list in a loop,
but also by the hw driver when their offloading code is invoked indirectly:
cls_xxx add flow -> tc_setup_cb_call -> tc_exts_setup_cb_egdev_call -> hw driver
which messes up the core list instance upon driver return. Fix that by avoiding
in-place list on the net core code that deals with adding flows.
Fixes: b3f55bdda8 ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In rt6_select(), fn->leaf could be pointing to net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry.
In this case, we should directly return instead of trying to carry on
with the rest of the process.
If not, we could crash at:
spin_lock_bh(&leaf->rt6i_table->rt6_lock);
because net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry does not have rt6i_table set.
Syzkaller recently reported following issue on net-next:
Use struct sctp_sack_info instead
kasan: CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE enabled
kasan: GPF could be caused by NULL-ptr deref or user memory access
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN
Dumping ftrace buffer:
(ftrace buffer empty)
Modules linked in:
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor4 (pid 26496) Use of struct sctp_assoc_value in delayed_ack socket option.
Use struct sctp_sack_info instead
CPU: 1 PID: 26523 Comm: syz-executor6 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc4+ #85
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
task: ffff8801d147e3c0 task.stack: ffff8801a4328000
RIP: 0010:debug_spin_lock_before kernel/locking/spinlock_debug.c:83 [inline]
RIP: 0010:do_raw_spin_lock+0x23/0x1e0 kernel/locking/spinlock_debug.c:112
RSP: 0018:ffff8801a432ed70 EFLAGS: 00010207
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: 0000000000000018 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 0000000000000003 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: 000000000000001c
RBP: ffff8801a432ed90 R08: 0000000000000001 R09: 0000000000000000
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: ffffffff8482b279 R12: ffff8801ce2ff3a0
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor1 (pid 26546) Use of int in maxseg socket option.
Use struct sctp_assoc_value instead
R13: dffffc0000000000 R14: ffff8801d971e000 R15: ffff8801ce2ff0d8
FS: 00007f56e82f5700(0000) GS:ffff8801db300000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000001ddbc22000 CR3: 00000001a4a04000 CR4: 00000000001406e0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000fffe0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Call Trace:
__raw_spin_lock_bh include/linux/spinlock_api_smp.h:136 [inline]
_raw_spin_lock_bh+0x39/0x40 kernel/locking/spinlock.c:175
spin_lock_bh include/linux/spinlock.h:321 [inline]
rt6_select net/ipv6/route.c:786 [inline]
ip6_pol_route+0x1be3/0x3bd0 net/ipv6/route.c:1650
sctp: [Deprecated]: syz-executor1 (pid 26576) Use of int in maxseg socket option.
Use struct sctp_assoc_value instead
TCP: request_sock_TCPv6: Possible SYN flooding on port 20002. Sending cookies. Check SNMP counters.
ip6_pol_route_output+0x4c/0x60 net/ipv6/route.c:1843
fib6_rule_lookup+0x9e/0x2a0 net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:309
ip6_route_output_flags+0x1f1/0x2b0 net/ipv6/route.c:1871
ip6_route_output include/net/ip6_route.h:80 [inline]
ip6_dst_lookup_tail+0x4ea/0x970 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:953
ip6_dst_lookup_flow+0xc8/0x270 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1076
sctp_v6_get_dst+0x675/0x1c30 net/sctp/ipv6.c:274
sctp_transport_route+0xa8/0x430 net/sctp/transport.c:287
sctp_assoc_add_peer+0x4fe/0x1100 net/sctp/associola.c:656
__sctp_connect+0x251/0xc80 net/sctp/socket.c:1187
sctp_connect+0xb4/0xf0 net/sctp/socket.c:4209
inet_dgram_connect+0x16b/0x1f0 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:541
SYSC_connect+0x20a/0x480 net/socket.c:1642
SyS_connect+0x24/0x30 net/socket.c:1623
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
Fixes: 66f5d6ce53 ("ipv6: replace rwlock with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table")
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We already allow to enable TFO without a cookie by using the
fastopen-sysctl and setting it to TFO_SERVER_COOKIE_NOT_REQD (or
TFO_CLIENT_NO_COOKIE).
This is safe to do in certain environments where we know that there
isn't a malicous host (aka., data-centers) or when the
application-protocol already provides an authentication mechanism in the
first flight of data.
A server however might be providing multiple services or talking to both
sides (public Internet and data-center). So, this server would want to
enable cookie-less TFO for certain services and/or for connections that
go to the data-center.
This patch exposes a socket-option and a per-route attribute to enable such
fine-grained configurations.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in tcp_time_wait.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in icmp_timestamp.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9b97420228 ("sctp: support ipv6 nonlocal bind")
introduced support for the above options as v4 sctp did,
so patched sctp_v6_available().
In the v4 implementation it's enough, because
sctp_inet_bind_verify() just returns with sctp_v4_available().
However sctp_inet6_bind_verify() has an extra check before that
for link-local scope_id, which won't respect the above options.
Added the checks before calling ipv6_chk_addr(), but
not before the validation of scope_id.
before (w/ both options):
./v6test fe80::10 sctp
bind failed, errno: 99 (Cannot assign requested address)
./v6test fe80::10 tcp
bind success, errno: 0 (Success)
after (w/ both options):
./v6test fe80::10 sctp
bind success, errno: 0 (Success)
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Toth <laszlth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, no need to block BH.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Table is really RCU protected, no need to block BH
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, no need to block BH.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock() is enough here, as inet6_ifa_finish_destroy()
uses kfree_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bring IPv6 in par with IPv4 :
- Use net_hash_mix() to spread addresses a bit more.
- Use 256 slots hash table instead of 16
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_add_addr_hash() can compute the hash value outside of
locked section and pass it to ipv6_chk_same_addr().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_chk_same_addr() is only used by ipv6_add_addr_hash(),
so moving it avoids a forward declaration.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because userspace gets Very Unhappy when calls like stat() and execve()
return -EINTR on 9p filesystem mounts. For instance, when bash is
looking in PATH for things to execute and some SIGCHLD interrupts
stat(), bash can throw a spurious 'command not found' since it doesn't
retry the stat().
In practice, hitting the problem is rare and needs a really
slow/bogged down 9p server.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
This patch adds tracepoint trace_tcp_set_state. Besides usual fields
(s/d ports, IP addresses), old and new state of the socket is also
printed with TP_printk, with __print_symbolic().
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds trace event trace_tcp_destroy_sock.
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New tracepoint trace_tcp_receive_reset is added and called from
tcp_reset(). This tracepoint is define with a new class tcp_event_sk.
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New tracepoint trace_tcp_send_reset is added and called from
tcp_v4_send_reset(), tcp_v6_send_reset() and tcp_send_active_reset().
Signed-off-by: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=qGzP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20171023' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This documentation/cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- Fix parameter kerneldoc which caused kerneldoc warnings, by Sven Eckelmann
- Remove spurious warnings in B.A.T.M.A.N. V neighbor comparison,
by Sven Eckelmann
- Use inline kernel-doc style for UAPI constants, by Sven Eckelmann
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer esph is being initialized with a value that is never
read and then being updated. Remove the redundant initialization
and move the declaration and initializtion of esph to the local
code block.
Cleans up clang warning:
net/ipv6/esp6.c:562:21: warning: Value stored to 'esph' during its
initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
An independent security researcher, Mohamed Ghannam, has reported
this vulnerability to Beyond Security's SecuriTeam Secure Disclosure
program.
The xfrm_dump_policy_done function expects xfrm_dump_policy to
have been called at least once or it will crash. This can be
triggered if a dump fails because the target socket's receive
buffer is full.
This patch fixes it by using the cb->start mechanism to ensure that
the initialisation is always done regardless of the buffer situation.
Fixes: 12a169e7d8 ("ipsec: Put dumpers on the dump list")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
This patch fixes the following lockdep splat in inet_csk_route_req()
lockdep_rcu_suspicious
inet_csk_route_req
tcp_v4_send_synack
tcp_rtx_synack
inet_rtx_syn_ack
tcp_fastopen_synack_time
tcp_retransmit_timer
tcp_write_timer_handler
tcp_write_timer
call_timer_fn
Thread running inet_csk_route_req() owns a reference on the request
socket, so we have the guarantee ireq->ireq_opt wont be changed or
freed.
lockdep can enforce this invariant for us.
Fixes: c92e8c02fe ("tcp/dccp: fix ireq->opt races")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmission on TSQ handler was introduced in the commit
f9616c35a0 ("tcp: implement TSQ for retransmits"), the retransmitted
skbs' timestamps were updated on the actual transmission. In the later
commit 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path"), it stops
being done so. In the commit, the comment says "We try to refresh
tp->tcp_mstamp only when necessary", and at present tcp_tsq_handler and
tcp_v4_mtu_reduced applies to this. About the latter, it's okay since
it's rare enough.
About the former, even though possible retransmissions on the tasklet
comes just after the destructor run in NET_RX softirq handling, the time
between them could be nonnegligibly large to the extent that
tcp_rack_advance or rto rearming be affected if other (remaining) RX,
BLOCK and (preceding) TASKLET sofirq handlings are unexpectedly heavy.
So in the same way as tcp_write_timer_handler does, doing tcp_mstamp_refresh
ensures the accuracy of algorithms relying on it.
Fixes: 385e20706f ("tcp: use tp->tcp_mstamp in output path")
Signed-off-by: Koichiro Den <den@klaipeden.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use BUG_ON instead of if condition followed by BUG in do_setlink.
This issue was detected with the help of Coccinelle.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There were quite a few overlapping sets of changes here.
Daniel's bug fix for off-by-ones in the new BPF branch instructions,
along with the added allowances for "data_end > ptr + x" forms
collided with the metadata additions.
Along with those three changes came veritifer test cases, which in
their final form I tried to group together properly. If I had just
trimmed GIT's conflict tags as-is, this would have split up the
meta tests unnecessarily.
In the socketmap code, a set of preemption disabling changes
overlapped with the rename of bpf_compute_data_end() to
bpf_compute_data_pointers().
Changes were made to the mv88e6060.c driver set addr method
which got removed in net-next.
The hyperv transport socket layer had a locking change in 'net'
which overlapped with a change of socket state macro usage
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A little more than usual this time around. Been travelling, so that is
part of it.
Anyways, here are the highlights:
1) Deal with memcontrol races wrt. listener dismantle, from Eric
Dumazet.
2) Handle page allocation failures properly in nfp driver, from Jaku
Kicinski.
3) Fix memory leaks in macsec, from Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Fix crashes in pppol2tp_session_ioctl(), from Guillaume Nault.
5) Several fixes in bnxt_en driver, including preventing potential
NVRAM parameter corruption from Michael Chan.
6) Fix for KRACK attacks in wireless, from Johannes Berg.
7) rtnetlink event generation fixes from Xin Long.
8) Deadlock in mlxsw driver, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Disallow arithmetic operations on context pointers in bpf, from
Jakub Kicinski.
10) Missing sock_owned_by_user() check in sctp_icmp_redirect(), from
Xin Long.
11) Only TCP is supported for sockmap, make that explicit with a
check, from John Fastabend.
12) Fix IP options state races in DCCP and TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
13) Fix panic in packet_getsockopt(), also from Eric Dumazet.
14) Add missing locked in hv_sock layer, from Dexuan Cui.
15) Various aquantia bug fixes, including several statistics handling
cures. From Igor Russkikh et al.
16) Fix arithmetic overflow in devmap code, from John Fastabend.
17) Fix busted socket memory accounting when we get a fault in the tcp
zero copy paths. From Willem de Bruijn.
18) Don't leave opt->tot_len uninitialized in ipv6, from Eric Dumazet"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (106 commits)
stmmac: Don't access tx_q->dirty_tx before netif_tx_lock
ipv6: flowlabel: do not leave opt->tot_len with garbage
of_mdio: Fix broken PHY IRQ in case of probe deferral
textsearch: fix typos in library helpers
rxrpc: Don't release call mutex on error pointer
net: stmmac: Prevent infinite loop in get_rx_timestamp_status()
net: stmmac: Fix stmmac_get_rx_hwtstamp()
net: stmmac: Add missing call to dev_kfree_skb()
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Configure TIGCR on init
mlxsw: reg: Add Tunneling IPinIP General Configuration Register
net: ethtool: remove error check for legacy setting transceiver type
soreuseport: fix initialization race
net: bridge: fix returning of vlan range op errors
sock: correct sk_wmem_queued accounting on efault in tcp zerocopy
bpf: add test cases to bpf selftests to cover all access tests
bpf: fix pattern matches for direct packet access
bpf: fix off by one for range markings with L{T, E} patterns
bpf: devmap fix arithmetic overflow in bitmap_size calculation
net: aquantia: Bad udp rate on default interrupt coalescing
net: aquantia: Enable coalescing management via ethtool interface
...
When syzkaller team brought us a C repro for the crash [1] that
had been reported many times in the past, I finally could find
the root cause.
If FlowLabel info is merged by fl6_merge_options(), we leave
part of the opt_space storage provided by udp/raw/l2tp with random value
in opt_space.tot_len, unless a control message was provided at sendmsg()
time.
Then ip6_setup_cork() would use this random value to perform a kzalloc()
call. Undefined behavior and crashes.
Fix is to properly set tot_len in fl6_merge_options()
At the same time, we can also avoid consuming memory and cpu cycles
to clear it, if every option is copied via a kmemdup(). This is the
change in ip6_setup_cork().
[1]
kasan: CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE enabled
kasan: GPF could be caused by NULL-ptr deref or user memory access
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] SMP KASAN
Dumping ftrace buffer:
(ftrace buffer empty)
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 6613 Comm: syz-executor0 Not tainted 4.14.0-rc4+ #127
Hardware name: Google Google Compute Engine/Google Compute Engine, BIOS Google 01/01/2011
task: ffff8801cb64a100 task.stack: ffff8801cc350000
RIP: 0010:ip6_setup_cork+0x274/0x15c0 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1168
RSP: 0018:ffff8801cc357550 EFLAGS: 00010203
RAX: dffffc0000000000 RBX: ffff8801cc357748 RCX: 0000000000000010
RDX: 0000000000000002 RSI: ffffffff842bd1d9 RDI: 0000000000000014
RBP: ffff8801cc357620 R08: ffff8801cb17f380 R09: ffff8801cc357b10
R10: ffff8801cb64a100 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff8801cc357ab0
R13: ffff8801cc357b10 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff8801c3bbf0c0
FS: 00007f9c5c459700(0000) GS:ffff8801db200000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000020324000 CR3: 00000001d1cf2000 CR4: 00000000001406f0
DR0: 0000000020001010 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000600
Call Trace:
ip6_make_skb+0x282/0x530 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1729
udpv6_sendmsg+0x2769/0x3380 net/ipv6/udp.c:1340
inet_sendmsg+0x11f/0x5e0 net/ipv4/af_inet.c:762
sock_sendmsg_nosec net/socket.c:633 [inline]
sock_sendmsg+0xca/0x110 net/socket.c:643
SYSC_sendto+0x358/0x5a0 net/socket.c:1750
SyS_sendto+0x40/0x50 net/socket.c:1718
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x1f/0xbe
RIP: 0033:0x4520a9
RSP: 002b:00007f9c5c458c08 EFLAGS: 00000216 ORIG_RAX: 000000000000002c
RAX: ffffffffffffffda RBX: 0000000000718000 RCX: 00000000004520a9
RDX: 0000000000000001 RSI: 0000000020fd1000 RDI: 0000000000000016
RBP: 0000000000000086 R08: 0000000020e0afe4 R09: 000000000000001c
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000216 R12: 00000000004bb1ee
R13: 00000000ffffffff R14: 0000000000000016 R15: 0000000000000029
Code: e0 07 83 c0 03 38 d0 7c 08 84 d2 0f 85 ea 0f 00 00 48 8d 79 04 48 b8 00 00 00 00 00 fc ff df 45 8b 74 24 04 48 89 fa 48 c1 ea 03 <0f> b6 14 02 48 89 f8 83 e0 07 83 c0 03 38 d0 7c 08 84 d2 0f 85
RIP: ip6_setup_cork+0x274/0x15c0 net/ipv6/ip6_output.c:1168 RSP: ffff8801cc357550
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TCP_NV will try to get the base RTT from a socket_ops BPF program if one
is loaded. NV will then use the base RTT to bound its min RTT (its
notion of the base RTT). It uses the base RTT as an upper bound and 80%
of the base RTT as its lower bound.
In other words, NV will consider filtered RTTs larger than base RTT as a
sign of congestion. As a result, there is no minRTT inflation when there
is a lot of congestion. For example, in a DC where the RTTs are less
than 40us when there is no congestion, a base RTT value of 80us improves
the performance of NV. The difference between the uncongested RTT and
the base RTT provided represents how much queueing we are willing to
have (in practice it can be higher).
NV has been tunned to reduce congestion when there are many flows at the
cost of one flow not achieving full bandwith utilization. When a
reasonable base RTT is provided, one NV flow can now fully utilize the
full bandwidth. In addition, the performance is also improved when there
are many flows.
In the following examples the NV results are using a kernel with this
patch set (i.e. both NV results are using the new nv_loss_dec_factor).
With one host sending to another host and only one flow the
goodputs are:
Cubic: 9.3 Gbps, NV: 5.5 Gbps, NV (baseRTT=80us): 9.2 Gbps
With 2 hosts sending to one host (1 flow per host, the goodput per flow
is:
Cubic: 4.6 Gbps, NV: 4.5 Gbps, NV (baseRTT=80us)L 4.6 Gbps
But the RTTs seen by a ping process in the sender is:
Cubic: 3.3ms NV: 97us, NV (baseRTT=80us): 146us
With a lot of flows things look even better for NV with baseRTT. Here we
have 3 hosts sending to one host. Each sending host has 6 flows: 1
stream, 4x1MB RPC, 1x10KB RPC. Cubic, NV and NV with baseRTT all fully
utilize the full available bandwidth. However, the distribution of
bandwidth among the flows is very different. For the 10KB RPC flow:
Cubic: 27Mbps, NV: 111Mbps, NV (baseRTT=80us): 222Mbps
The 99% latencies for the 10KB flows are:
Cubic: 26ms, NV: 1ms, NV (baseRTT=80us): 500us
The RTT seen by a ping process at the senders:
Cubic: 3.2ms NV: 720us, NV (baseRTT=80us): 330us
Signed-off-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for helper function bpf_getsockops to socket_ops BPF
programs. This patch only supports TCP_CONGESTION.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Vysotsky <vlad@cs.ucla.edu>
Acked-by: Lawrence Brakmo <brakmo@fb.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@fb.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't release call mutex at the end of rxrpc_kernel_begin_call() if the
call pointer actually holds an error value.
Fixes: 540b1c48c3 ("rxrpc: Fix deadlock between call creation and sendmsg/recvmsg")
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function tipc_sk_timeout() is more complex than necessary, and
even seems to contain an undetected bug. At one of the occurences
where we renew the timer we just order it with (HZ / 20), instead
of (jiffies + HZ / 20);
In this commit we clean up the function.
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 9cab88726929605 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
restores the transceiver type to struct ethtool_link_settings and
convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings() but forgets to remove the
error check for the same in convert_legacy_settings_to_link_ksettings().
This prevents older versions of ethtool to change link settings.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 3.16
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
Cannot set new settings: Invalid argument
not setting speed
not setting duplex
not setting autoneg
While newer versions of ethtool works.
# ethtool --version
ethtool version 4.10
# ethtool -s eth0 autoneg on speed 100 duplex full
[ 57.703268] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Down
[ 59.618227] sh-eth ee700000.ethernet eth0: Link is Up - 100Mbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
Fixes: 19cab88726 ("net: ethtool: Add back transceiver type")
Signed-off-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Reported-by: Renjith R V <renjith.rv@quest-global.com>
Tested-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller stumbled upon a way to trigger
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 13881 at net/core/sock_reuseport.c:41
reuseport_alloc+0x306/0x3b0 net/core/sock_reuseport.c:39
There are two initialization paths for the sock_reuseport structure in a
socket: Through the udp/tcp bind paths of SO_REUSEPORT sockets or through
SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF before bind. The existing implementation
assumedthat the socket lock protected both of these paths when it actually
only protects the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT path. Syzkaller triggered this
double allocation by running these paths concurrently.
This patch moves the check for double allocation into the reuseport_alloc
function which is protected by a global spin lock.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Fixes: c125e80b88 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport TCP socket selection")
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I placed a "fall through" comment on
its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan tunnels were introduced, vlan range errors got silently
dropped and instead 0 was returned always. Restore the previous
behaviour and return errors to user-space.
Fixes: efa5356b0d ("bridge: per vlan dst_metadata netlink support")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Syzkaller hits WARN_ON(sk->sk_wmem_queued) in sk_stream_kill_queues
after triggering an EFAULT in __zerocopy_sg_from_iter.
On this error, skb_zerocopy_stream_iter resets the skb to its state
before the operation with __pskb_trim. It cannot kfree_skb like
datagram callers, as the skb may have data from a previous send call.
__pskb_trim calls skb_condense for unowned skbs, which adjusts their
truesize. These tcp skbuffs are owned and their truesize must add up
to sk_wmem_queued. But they match because their skb->sk is NULL until
tcp_transmit_skb.
Temporarily set skb->sk when calling __pskb_trim to signal that the
skbuffs are owned and avoid the skb_condense path.
Fixes: 52267790ef ("sock: add MSG_ZEROCOPY")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit ae236fb208 ("tipc: receive group membership events via
member socket") we broke the tipc_poll() function by checking the
state of the receive queue before the call to poll_sock_wait(), while
relying that state afterwards, when it might have changed.
We restore this in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All drivers are converted to use block callbacks for TC_SETUP_CLS*.
So it is now safe to remove the calls to ndo_setup_tc from cls_*
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and
convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced callbacks infrastructure and call block
callbacks alongside with the existing per-netdev ndo_setup_tc.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the tc_setup_cb_call entrypoint function originally used only for
action egress devices callbacks to call per-block callbacks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule for a specific block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously introduced extended variants of block get and put
functions. This allows to specify a binder types specific to clsact
ingress/egress which is useful for drivers to distinguish who actually
got the block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce new type of ndo_setup_tc message to propage binding/unbinding
of a block to driver. Call this ndo whenever qdisc gets/puts a block.
Alongside with this, there's need to propagate binder type from qdisc
code down to the notifier. So introduce extended variants of
block_get/put in order to pass this info.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the UDP code there are two leftover error messages with very few meaning.
Replace them with a more descriptive error message as some users
reported them as "strange network error".
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFHBAABCgAxFiEE4bay/IylYqM/npjQHv7KIOw4HPYFAlnohyMTHG1rbEBwZW5n
dXRyb25peC5kZQAKCRAe/sog7Dgc9jRFCACmSBz2H1yW5VfjrN3ZgoEoUo8P5qCZ
7mXvTstTASF20T7kFqNS2K94CMVjBYRUIHvihp0LmPmPAmpmQRNedAssWuZpMflw
xhaH8T8YWbyzHU2MBZP9WtTjrTilPEPcjvFSgYw6wpHW7VC3S/ffEN8Mj3ymR6bW
KRw7gemXpvYUxPrGGCzyvFy4G+KptyPcAD6I8ceDUtdkwK4TXGYqEAoSqxtAIUHX
dgRLzheOv8sDh+dM+ZNpH6UUkzK0gVHQ40lgXydZazEwPPq9zdj2Ec/6qpR5fkUH
dnCIhzLNiCJOMGSfzkf0Esef1zBpU8oJmILbgf97CdayaW9cA1EUleGW
=HYTx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.14-20171019' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2017-10-19
this is a pull request of 11 patches for the upcoming 4.14 release.
There are 6 patches by ZHU Yi for the flexcan driver, that work around
the CAN error handling state transition problems found in various
incarnations of the flexcan IP core.
The patch by Colin Ian King fixes a potential NULL pointer deref in the
CAN broad cast manager (bcm). One patch by me replaces a direct deref of a RCU
protected pointer by rcu_access_pointer. My second patch adds missing
OOM error handling in af_can. A patch by Stefan Mätje for the esd_usb2
driver fixes the dlc in received RTR frames. And the last patch is by
Wolfgang Grandegger, it fixes a busy loop in the gs_usb driver in case
it runs out of TX contexts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The perf traces for ipv6 routing code show a relevant cost around
trace_fib6_table_lookup(), even if no trace is enabled. This is
due to the fib6_table de-referencing currently performed by the
caller.
Let's the tracing code pay this overhead, passing to the trace
helper the table pointer. This gives small but measurable
performance improvement under UDP flood.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt (VMware) <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2017-10-19
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.15 kernel
release.
- Multiple fixes & improvements to the hci_bcm driver
- DT improvements, e.g. new local-bd-address property
- Fixes & improvements to ECDH usage. Private key is now generated by
the crypto subsystem.
- gcc-4.9 warning fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without the patch, when hvs_open_connection() hasn't completely established
a connection (e.g. it has changed sk->sk_state to SS_CONNECTED, but hasn't
inserted the sock into the connected queue), vsock_stream_connect() may see
the sk_state change and return the connection to the userspace, and next
when the userspace closes the connection quickly, hvs_release() may not see
the connection in the connected queue; finally hvs_open_connection()
inserts the connection into the queue, but we won't be able to purge the
connection for ever.
Signed-off-by: Dexuan Cui <decui@microsoft.com>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Cc: Cathy Avery <cavery@redhat.com>
Cc: Rolf Neugebauer <rolf.neugebauer@docker.com>
Cc: Marcelo Cerri <marcelo.cerri@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The length of GVI (GetVersionInfo) response packet should be 40 instead
of 36. This issue was found from /sys/kernel/debug/ncsi/eth0/stats.
# ethtool --ncsi eth0 swstats
:
RESPONSE OK TIMEOUT ERROR
=======================================
GVI 0 0 2
With this applied, no error reported on GVI response packets:
# ethtool --ncsi eth0 swstats
:
RESPONSE OK TIMEOUT ERROR
=======================================
GVI 2 0 0
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NCSI channel has been configured to provide service if its link
monitor timer is enabled, regardless of its state (inactive or active).
So the timeout event on the link monitor indicates the out-of-service
on that channel, for which a failover is needed.
This sets NCSI_DEV_RESHUFFLE flag to enforce failover on link monitor
timeout, regardless the channel's original state (inactive or active).
Also, the link is put into "down" state to give the failing channel
lowest priority when selecting for the active channel. The state of
failing channel should be set to active in order for deinitialization
and failover to be done.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When there are no NCSI channels probed, HWA (Hardware Arbitration)
mode is enabled. It's not correct because HWA depends on the fact:
NCSI channels exist and all of them support HWA mode. This disables
HWA when no channels are probed.
Signed-off-by: Gavin Shan <gwshan@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ncsi_channel_monitor() misses stopping the channel monitor in several
places that it should, causing a WARN_ON_ONCE() to trigger when the
monitor is re-started later, eg:
[ 459.040000] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1093 at net/ncsi/ncsi-manage.c:269 ncsi_start_channel_monitor+0x7c/0x90
[ 459.040000] CPU: 0 PID: 1093 Comm: kworker/0:3 Not tainted 4.10.17-gaca2fdd #140
[ 459.040000] Hardware name: ASpeed SoC
[ 459.040000] Workqueue: events ncsi_dev_work
[ 459.040000] [<80010094>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<8000d950>] (show_stack+0x20/0x24)
[ 459.040000] [<8000d950>] (show_stack) from [<801dbf70>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x28)
[ 459.040000] [<801dbf70>] (dump_stack) from [<80018d7c>] (__warn+0xe0/0x108)
[ 459.040000] [<80018d7c>] (__warn) from [<80018e70>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x30/0x38)
[ 459.040000] [<80018e70>] (warn_slowpath_null) from [<803f6a08>] (ncsi_start_channel_monitor+0x7c/0x90)
[ 459.040000] [<803f6a08>] (ncsi_start_channel_monitor) from [<803f7664>] (ncsi_configure_channel+0xdc/0x5fc)
[ 459.040000] [<803f7664>] (ncsi_configure_channel) from [<803f8160>] (ncsi_dev_work+0xac/0x474)
[ 459.040000] [<803f8160>] (ncsi_dev_work) from [<8002d244>] (process_one_work+0x1e0/0x450)
[ 459.040000] [<8002d244>] (process_one_work) from [<8002d510>] (worker_thread+0x5c/0x570)
[ 459.040000] [<8002d510>] (worker_thread) from [<80033614>] (kthread+0x124/0x164)
[ 459.040000] [<80033614>] (kthread) from [<8000a5e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c)
This also updates the monitor instead of just returning if
ncsi_xmit_cmd() fails to send the get-link-status command so that the
monitor properly times out.
Fixes: e6f44ed6d0 "net/ncsi: Package and channel management"
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the value of the HNCDSC AEN packet.
Fixes: 7a82ecf4cf "net/ncsi: NCSI AEN packet handler"
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv4_default_advmss() incorrectly uses the device MTU instead
of the route provided one. IPv6 has the proper behavior,
lets harmonize the two protocols.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller got crashes in packet_getsockopt() processing
PACKET_ROLLOVER_STATS command while another thread was managing
to change po->rollover
Using RCU will fix this bug. We might later add proper RCU annotations
for sparse sake.
In v2: I replaced kfree(rollover) in fanout_add() to kfree_rcu()
variant, as spotted by John.
Fixes: a9b6391814 ("packet: rollover statistics")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: John Sperbeck <jsperbeck@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 2017-10-18
Please find below a pull request from the ieee802154 subsystem for net-next.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syn_data was allocated by sk_stream_alloc_skb(), meaning
its destructor and _skb_refdst fields are mangled.
We need to call tcp_skb_tsorted_anchor_cleanup() before
calling kfree_skb() or kernel crashes.
Bug was reported by syzkaller bot.
Fixes: e2080072ed ("tcp: new list for sent but unacked skbs for RACK recovery")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store
dst cache") partially reverted the commit 1e2ea8ad37 ("ipv6: set
dst.obsolete when a cached route has expired").
As a result, RTF_CACHE dst referenced outside the fib tree will
not be removed until the next sernum change; dst_check() does not
fail on aged-out dst, and dst->__refcnt can't decrease: the aged
out dst will stay valid for a potentially unlimited time after the
timeout expiration.
This change explicitly removes RTF_CACHE dst from the fib tree when
aged out. The rt6_remove_exception() logic will then obsolete the
dst and other entities will drop the related reference on next
dst_check().
pMTU exceptions are not aged-out, and are removed from the exception
table only when the - usually considerably longer - ip6_rt_mtu_expires
timeout expires.
v1 -> v2:
- do not touch dst.obsolete in rt6_remove_exception(), not needed
v2 -> v3:
- take care of pMTU exceptions, too
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the commit 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table
to store dst cache"), the fib6 gc is not started after the
creation of a RTF_CACHE via a redirect or pmtu update, since
fib6_add() isn't invoked anymore for such dsts.
We need the fib6 gc to run periodically to clean the RTF_CACHE,
or the dst will stay there forever.
Fix it by explicitly calling fib6_force_start_gc() on successful
exception creation. gc_args->more accounting will ensure that
the gc timer will run for whatever time needed to properly
clean the table.
v2 -> v3:
- clarified the commit message
Fixes: 2b760fcf5c ("ipv6: hook up exception table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce the map read/write flags to the eBPF syscalls that returns the
map fd. The flags is used to set up the file mode when construct a new
file descriptor for bpf maps. To not break the backward capability, the
f_flags is set to O_RDWR if the flag passed by syscall is 0. Otherwise
it should be O_RDONLY or O_WRONLY. When the userspace want to modify or
read the map content, it will check the file mode to see if it is
allowed to make the change.
Signed-off-by: Chenbo Feng <fengc@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All of the notifier data (fib_info, tos, type and table id) are
contained in the fib_alias. Pass it to the notifier instead of
each data separately shortening the argument list by 3.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New socket option TCP_FASTOPEN_KEY to allow different keys per
listener. The listener by default uses the global key until the
socket option is set. The key is a 16 bytes long binary data. This
option has no effect on regular non-listener TCP sockets.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack to in_validator_info and in6_validator_info. Update the one
user of each, ipvlan, to return an error message for failures.
Only manual configuration of an address is plumbed in the IPv6 code path.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet6addr_validator chain was added by commit 3ad7d2468f ("Ipvlan
should return an error when an address is already in use") to allow
address validation before changes are committed and to be able to
fail the address change with an error back to the user. The address
validation is not done for addresses received from router
advertisements.
Handling RAs in softirq context is the only reason for the notifier
chain to be atomic versus blocking. Since the only current user, ipvlan,
of the validator chain ignores softirq context, the notifier can be made
blocking and simply not invoked for softirq path.
The blocking option is needed by spectrum for example to validate
resources for an adding an address to an interface.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_add_addr is called in process context with rtnl lock held
(e.g., manual config of an address) or during softirq processing
(e.g., autoconf and address from a router advertisement).
Currently, ipv6_add_addr calls rcu_read_lock_bh shortly after entry
and does not call unlock until exit, minus the call around the address
validator notifier. Similarly, addrconf_hash_lock is taken after the
validator notifier and held until exit. This forces the allocation of
inet6_ifaddr to always be atomic.
Refactor ipv6_add_addr as follows:
1. add an input boolean to discriminate the call path (process context
or softirq). This new flag controls whether the alloc can be done
with GFP_KERNEL or GFP_ATOMIC.
2. Move the rcu_read_lock_bh and unlock calls only around functions that
do rcu updates.
3. Remove the in6_dev_hold and put added by 3ad7d2468f ("Ipvlan should
return an error when an address is already in use."). This was done
presumably because rcu_read_unlock_bh needs to be called before calling
the validator. Since rcu_read_lock is not needed before the validator
runs revert the hold and put added by 3ad7d2468f and only do the
hold when setting ifp->idev.
4. move duplicate address check and insertion of new address in the global
address hash into a helper. The helper is called after an ifa is
allocated and filled in.
This allows the ifa for manually configured addresses to be done with
GFP_KERNEL and reduces the overall amount of time with rcu_read_lock held
and hash table spinlock held.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the netdevice field is not set and the egdev instance
is not functional, fix that.
Fixes: 3f55bdda8df ('net: sched: introduce per-egress action device callbacks')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb->mark field is a union with reserved_tailroom which is used
in the TCP code paths from stream memory allocation. Allowing SK_SKB
programs to set this field creates a conflict with future code
optimizations, such as "gifting" the skb to the egress path instead
of creating a new skb and doing a memcpy.
Because we do not have a released version of SK_SKB yet lets just
remove it for now. A more appropriate scratch pad to use at the
socket layer is dev_scratch, but lets add that in future kernels
when needed.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SK_SKB BPF programs are run from the socket/tcp context but early in
the stack before much of the TCP metadata is needed in tcp_skb_cb. So
we can use some unused fields to place BPF metadata needed for SK_SKB
programs when implementing the redirect function.
This allows us to drop the preempt disable logic. It does however
require an API change so sk_redirect_map() has been updated to
additionally provide ctx_ptr to skb. Note, we do however continue to
disable/enable preemption around actual BPF program running to account
for map updates.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now sctp processes icmp redirect packet in sctp_icmp_redirect where
it calls sctp_transport_dst_check in which tp->dst can be released.
The problem is before calling sctp_transport_dst_check, it doesn't
check sock_owned_by_user, which means tp->dst could be freed while
a process is accessing it with owning the socket.
An use-after-free issue could be triggered by this.
This patch is to fix it by checking sock_owned_by_user before calling
sctp_transport_dst_check in sctp_icmp_redirect, so that it would not
release tp->dst if users still hold sock lock.
Besides, the same issue fixed in commit 45caeaa5ac ("dccp/tcp: fix
routing redirect race") on sctp also needs this check.
Fixes: 55be7a9c60 ("ipv4: Add redirect support to all protocol icmp error handlers")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=YkMB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rxrpc-next-20171018' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dhowells/linux-fs
David Howells says:
====================
rxrpc: Add bits for kernel services
Here are some patches that add a few things for kernel services to use:
(1) Allow service upgrade to be requested and allow the resultant actual
service ID to be obtained.
(2) Allow the RTT time of a call to be obtained.
(3) Allow a kernel service to find out if a call is still alive on a
server between transmitting a request and getting the reply.
(4) Allow data transmission to ignore signals if transmission progress is
being made in reasonable time. This is also usable by userspace by
passing MSG_WAITALL to sendmsg()[*].
[*] I'm not sure this is the right interface for this or whether a sockopt
should be used instead.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the change to the tp hash, we now get a build warning
on 32-bit architectures:
net/sched/cls_u32.c: In function 'tc_u_hash':
net/sched/cls_u32.c:338:17: error: cast from pointer to integer of different size [-Werror=pointer-to-int-cast]
return hash_64((u64) tp->chain->block, U32_HASH_SHIFT);
Using hash_ptr() instead of hash_64() lets us drop the cast
and fixes the warning while still resulting in the same hash
value.
Fixes: 7fa9d974f3 ("net: sched: cls_u32: use block instead of q in tc_u_common")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The tipc_alloc_conn() function never returns NULL, it returns error
pointers, so I have fixed the check.
Fixes: 14c04493cb ("tipc: add ability to order and receive topology events in driver")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transport may need to flush transport connect and receive tasks
that are running on rpciod. In order to do so safely, we need to
ensure that the caller of cancel_work_sync() etc is not itself
running on rpciod.
Do so by running the destroy task from the system workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in this particular case I replaced the "NOBREAK" comment with
a "fall through" comment, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when peeling off an association to the sock in another netns, all
transports in this assoc are not to be rehashed and keep use the old
key in hashtable.
As a transport uses sk->net as the hash key to insert into hashtable,
it would miss removing these transports from hashtable due to the new
netns when closing the sock and all transports are being freeed, then
later an use-after-free issue could be caused when looking up an asoc
and dereferencing those transports.
This is a very old issue since very beginning, ChunYu found it with
syzkaller fuzz testing with this series:
socket$inet6_sctp()
bind$inet6()
sendto$inet6()
unshare(0x40000000)
getsockopt$inet_sctp6_SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST()
getsockopt$inet_sctp6_SCTP_SOCKOPT_PEELOFF()
This patch is to block this call when peeling one assoc off from one
netns to another one, so that the netns of all transport would not
go out-sync with the key in hashtable.
Note that this patch didn't fix it by rehashing transports, as it's
difficult to handle the situation when the tuple is already in use
in the new netns. Besides, no one would like to peel off one assoc
to another netns, considering ipaddrs, ifaces, etc. are usually
different.
Reported-by: ChunYu Wang <chunwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pointer opt has a null check however before for this check opt is
dereferenced when len is initialized, hence we potentially have a null
pointer deference on opt. Avoid this by checking for a null opt before
dereferencing it.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1458234 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 4e8b86c062 ("mqprio: Introduce new hardware offload mode and shaper in mqprio")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing check and error handling for out-of-memory
situations, when kzalloc cannot allocate memory.
Fixes: cb5635a367 ("can: complete initial namespace support")
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
"proto_tab" is a RCU protected array, when directly accessing the array,
sparse throws these warnings:
CHECK /srv/work/frogger/socketcan/linux/net/can/af_can.c
net/can/af_can.c:115:14: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
net/can/af_can.c:795:17: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
net/can/af_can.c:816:9: error: incompatible types in comparison expression (different address spaces)
This patch fixes the problem by using rcu_access_pointer() and
annotating "proto_tab" array as __rcu.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The assignment of net via call sock_net will dereference sk. This
is performed before a sanity null check on sk, so there could be
a potential null dereference on the sock_net call if sk is null.
Fix this by assigning net after the sk null check. Also replace
the sk == NULL with the more usual !sk idiom.
Detected by CoverityScan CID#1431862 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 384317ef41 ("can: network namespace support for CAN_BCM protocol")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-17
This series contains updates to i40e and ethtool.
Alan provides most of the changes in this series which are mainly fixes
and cleanups. Renamed the ethtool "cmd" variable to "ks", since the new
ethtool API passes us ksettings structs instead of command structs.
Cleaned up an ifdef that was not accomplishing anything. Added function
header comments to provide better documentation. Fixed two issues in
i40e_get_link_ksettings(), by calling
ethtool_link_ksettings_zero_link_mode() to ensure the advertising and
link masks are cleared before we start setting bits. Cleaned up and fixed
code comments which were incorrect. Separated the setting of autoneg in
i40e_phy_types_to_ethtool() into its own conditional to clarify what PHYs
support and advertise autoneg, and makes it easier to add new PHY types in
the future. Added ethtool functionality to intersect two link masks
together to find the common ground between them. Overhauled i40e to
ensure that the new ethtool API macros are being used, instead of the
old ones. Fixed the usage of unsigned 64-bit division which is not
supported on all architectures.
Sudheer adds support for 25G Active Optical Cables (AOC) and Active Copper
Cables (ACC) PHY types.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I tried to hard avoiding a call to rb_first() (via tcp_rtx_queue_head)
in tcp_xmit_retransmit_queue(). But this was probably too bold.
Quoting Yuchung :
We might miss re-arming the RTO if tp->retransmit_skb_hint is not NULL.
This can happen when RACK marks the first packet lost again and resets
tp->retransmit_skb_hint for example (tcp_rack_mark_skb_lost())
Fixes: 75c119afe1 ("tcp: implement rb-tree based retransmit queue")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we are now doing strict checking of what offloads
may access, make sure skb->len is on that list.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the fact that verifier ops are now separate from program
ops to define a separate set of callbacks for verification of
already translated programs.
Since we expect the analyzer ops to be defined only for
a small subset of all program types initialize their array
by hand (don't use linux/bpf_types.h).
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct bpf_verifier_ops contains both verifier ops and operations
used later during program's lifetime (test_run). Split the runtime
ops into a different structure.
BPF_PROG_TYPE() will now append ## _prog_ops or ## _verifier_ops
to the names.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in some cases I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that in some cases I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 115108
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@netapp.com>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@poochiereds.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Also drops a redundant initialization
that is already set up by DEFINE_TIMER.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: Bhumika Goyal <bhumirks@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Augusto Mecking Caringi <augustocaringi@gmail.com>
Cc: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly for all users of sk_timer.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The core sk_timer initializer can provide the common .data assignment
instead of it being set separately in users.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: linzhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Cc: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com> # for ieee802154
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dccp@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. This introduces a pointer back to the
struct ip_set, which is used instead of the struct timer_list .data field.
Cc: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Cc: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: simran singhal <singhalsimran0@gmail.com>
Cc: Muhammad Falak R Wani <falakreyaz@gmail.com>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: coreteam@netfilter.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. Add pointer back to Qdisc.
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-can@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
helper to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hans Liljestrand <ishkamiel@gmail.com>
Cc: "Reshetova, Elena" <elena.reshetova@intel.com>
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: linux-decnet-user@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for
either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type.
It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the
port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface.
But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit
"master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dsa_master_get_slave is slightly confusing since the idiomatic "get"
term often suggests reference counting, in symmetry to "put".
Rename it to dsa_master_find_slave to make the look up operation clear.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device
assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a
dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure
corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a
dsa_slave_to_port() helper.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with
respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same
dsa_notifier_register_info structure.
Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these
functions.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When dsa_slave_create is called, the related port already has a CPU port
assigned to it, available in its cpu_dp member. Use it instead of the
unique tree cpu_dp.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that it's possible to toggle NETLINK_F_EXT_ACK
through setsockopt() while another thread/CPU is building
a message inside netlink_ack(), which could then trigger
the WARN_ON()s I added since if it goes from being turned
off to being turned on between allocating and filling the
message, the skb could end up being too small.
Avoid this whole situation by storing the value of this
flag in a separate variable and using that throughout the
function instead.
Fixes: 2d4bc93368 ("netlink: extended ACK reporting")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When netlink_ack() reports an allocation error to the sending
socket, there's no need to look up the sending socket since
it's available in the SKB's CB. Use that instead of going to
the trouble of looking it up.
Note that the pointer is only available since Eric Biederman's
commit 3fbc290540 ("netlink: Make the sending netlink socket availabe in NETLINK_CB")
which is far newer than the original lookup code (Oct 2003)
(though the field was called 'ssk' in that commit and only got
renamed to 'sk' later, I'd actually argue 'ssk' was better - or
perhaps it should've been 'source_sk' - since there are so many
different 'sk's involved.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes cpumap functional, by adding SKB allocation and
invoking the network stack on the dequeuing CPU.
For constructing the SKB on the remote CPU, the xdp_buff in converted
into a struct xdp_pkt, and it mapped into the top headroom of the
packet, to avoid allocating separate mem. For now, struct xdp_pkt is
just a cpumap internal data structure, with info carried between
enqueue to dequeue.
If a driver doesn't have enough headroom it is simply dropped, with
return code -EOVERFLOW. This will be picked up the xdp tracepoint
infrastructure, to allow users to catch this.
V2: take into account xdp->data_meta
V4:
- Drop busypoll tricks, keeping it more simple.
- Skip RPS and Generic-XDP-recursive-reinjection, suggested by Alexei
V5: correct RCU read protection around __netif_receive_skb_core.
V6: Setting TASK_RUNNING vs TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE based on talk with Rik van Riel
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch connects cpumap to the xdp_do_redirect_map infrastructure.
Still no SKB allocation are done yet. The XDP frames are transferred
to the other CPU, but they are simply refcnt decremented on the remote
CPU. This served as a good benchmark for measuring the overhead of
remote refcnt decrement. If driver page recycle cache is not
efficient then this, exposes a bottleneck in the page allocator.
A shout-out to MST's ptr_ring, which is the secret behind is being so
efficient to transfer memory pointers between CPUs, without constantly
bouncing cache-lines between CPUs.
V3: Handle !CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL pointed out by kbuild test robot.
V4: Make Generic-XDP aware of cpumap type, but don't allow redirect yet,
as implementation require a separate upstream discussion.
V5:
- Fix a maybe-uninitialized pointed out by kbuild test robot.
- Restrict bpf-prog side access to cpumap, open when use-cases appear
- Implement cpu_map_enqueue() as a more simple void pointer enqueue
V6:
- Allow cpumap type for usage in helper bpf_redirect_map,
general bpf-prog side restriction moved to earlier patch.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make AF_RXRPC accept MSG_WAITALL as a flag to sendmsg() to tell it to
ignore signals whilst loading up the message queue, provided progress is
being made in emptying the queue at the other side.
Progress is defined as the base of the transmit window having being
advanced within 2 RTT periods. If the period is exceeded with no progress,
sendmsg() will return anyway, indicating how much data has been copied, if
any.
Once the supplied buffer is entirely decanted, the sendmsg() will return.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide a couple of functions to allow cleaner handling of signals in a
kernel service. They are:
(1) rxrpc_kernel_get_rtt()
This allows the kernel service to find out the RTT time for a call, so
as to better judge how large a timeout to employ.
Note, though, that whilst this returns a value in nanoseconds, the
timeouts can only actually be in jiffies.
(2) rxrpc_kernel_check_life()
This returns a number that is updated when ACKs are received from the
peer (notably including PING RESPONSE ACKs which we can elicit by
sending PING ACKs to see if the call still exists on the server).
The caller should compare the numbers of two calls to see if the call
is still alive.
These can be used to provide an extending timeout rather than returning
immediately in the case that a signal occurs that would otherwise abort an
RPC operation. The timeout would be extended if the server is still
responsive and the call is still apparently alive on the server.
For most operations this isn't that necessary - but for FS.StoreData it is:
OpenAFS writes the data to storage as it comes in without making a backup,
so if we immediately abort it when partially complete on a CTRL+C, say, we
have no idea of the state of the file after the abort.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Provide support for a kernel service to make use of the service upgrade
facility. This involves:
(1) Pass an upgrade request flag to rxrpc_kernel_begin_call().
(2) Make rxrpc_kernel_recv_data() return the call's current service ID so
that the caller can detect service upgrade and see what the service
was upgraded to.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Consolidate KEY_FLAG_INSTANTIATED, KEY_FLAG_NEGATIVE and the rejection
error into one field such that:
(1) The instantiation state can be modified/read atomically.
(2) The error can be accessed atomically with the state.
(3) The error isn't stored unioned with the payload pointers.
This deals with the problem that the state is spread over three different
objects (two bits and a separate variable) and reading or updating them
atomically isn't practical, given that not only can uninstantiated keys
change into instantiated or rejected keys, but rejected keys can also turn
into instantiated keys - and someone accessing the key might not be using
any locking.
The main side effect of this problem is that what was held in the payload
may change, depending on the state. For instance, you might observe the
key to be in the rejected state. You then read the cached error, but if
the key semaphore wasn't locked, the key might've become instantiated
between the two reads - and you might now have something in hand that isn't
actually an error code.
The state is now KEY_IS_UNINSTANTIATED, KEY_IS_POSITIVE or a negative error
code if the key is negatively instantiated. The key_is_instantiated()
function is replaced with key_is_positive() to avoid confusion as negative
keys are also 'instantiated'.
Additionally, barriering is included:
(1) Order payload-set before state-set during instantiation.
(2) Order state-read before payload-read when using the key.
Further separate barriering is necessary if RCU is being used to access the
payload content after reading the payload pointers.
Fixes: 146aa8b145 ("KEYS: Merge the type-specific data with the payload data")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # v4.4+
Reported-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Ben reported that when the user rate mask is rejected for not
matching any basic rate, the driver had already been configured.
This is clearly an oversight in my original change, fix this by
doing the validation before calling the driver.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Fixes: e8e4f5280d ("mac80211: reject/clear user rate mask if not usable")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we try to connect while already connected/connecting, but
this fails, we set ssid_len=0 but leave current_bss hanging,
leading to errors.
Check all of this better, first of all ensuring that we can't
try to connect to a different SSID while connected/ing; ensure
that prev_bssid is set for re-association attempts even in the
case of the driver supporting the connect() method, and don't
reset ssid_len in the failure cases.
While at it, also reset ssid_len while disconnecting unless we
were connected and expect a disconnected event, and warn on a
successful connection without ssid_len being set.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise we risk leaking information via timing side channel.
Fixes: fdf7cb4185 ("mac80211: accept key reinstall without changing anything")
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function provides a way to intersect two link masks together to
find the common ground between them. For example in i40e, the driver
first generates link masks for what is supported by the PHY type. The
driver then gets the link masks for what the NVM supports. The
resulting intersection between them yields what can truly be supported.
Signed-off-by: Alan Brady <alan.brady@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit 32302902ff ("mqprio: Reserve last 32 classid values for HW
traffic classes and misc IDs") sch_mqprio started using netdev_txq_to_tc
to find the correct tc instead of dev->tc_to_txq[]
However, when mqprio is compiled as a module, it cannot resolve the
symbol, leading to this error:
ERROR: "netdev_txq_to_tc" [net/sched/sch_mqprio.ko] undefined!
This adds an EXPORT_SYMBOL() since the other user in the kernel
(netif_set_xps_queue) is also EXPORT_SYMBOL() (and not _GPL) or in a
sysfs-callback.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Henrik Austad <haustad@cisco.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The neighbor compare API implementation for B.A.T.M.A.N. V checks whether
the neigh_ifinfo for this neighbor on a specific interface exists. A
warning is printed when it isn't found.
But it is not called inside a lock which would prevent that this
information is lost right before batadv_neigh_ifinfo_get. It must therefore
be expected that batadv_v_neigh_(cmp|is_sob) might not be able to get the
requested neigh_ifinfo.
A WARN_ON for such a situation seems not to be appropriate because this
will only flood the kernel logs. The warnings must therefore be removed.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
In commit 2f487712b8 ("tipc: guarantee that group broadcast doesn't
bypass group unicast") there was introduced a last-minute rebasing
error that broke non-group communication.
We fix this here.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Iwyf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Just a single fix, for a WoWLAN-related part of CVE-2017-13080.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl af_ops currently rely on rtnl mutex: unregister (called from module
exit functions) takes the rtnl mutex and all users that do af_ops lookup
also take the rtnl mutex. IOW, parallel rmmod will block until doit()
callback is done.
As none of the af_ops implementation sleep we can use rcu instead.
doit functions that need the af_ops can now use rcu instead of the
rtnl mutex provided the mutex isn't needed for other reasons.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
next patch will rcu-ify rtnl af_ops, i.e. allow af_ops
lookup and function calls with rcu read lock held instead
of rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The structure tcp_cdg is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol 'tcp_cdg' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing dev tx_queue_len via netlink or net-sysfs,
a NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event notification will be
called.
But dev_ioctl missed this event notification, which could
cause no userspace notification would be sent.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7091d8c '(net/sched: cls_flower: Add offload support using egress
Hardware device') made sure (when fl_hw_replace_filter is called) to put
the egress_dev mark on persisent structure instance. Hence, following calls
into the HW driver for stats and deletion will note it and act accordingly.
With commit de4784ca03 this property is lost and hence when called,
the HW driver failes to operate (stats, delete) on the offloaded flow.
Fix it by setting the egress_dev flag whenever the ingress device is
different from the hw device since this is exactly the condition under
which we're calling into the HW driver through the egress port net-device.
Fixes: de4784ca03 ('net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to enabling -Wimplicit-fallthrough, mark switch cases
where we are expecting to fall through.
Notice that for options.c file, I placed the "fall through" comment
on its own line, which is what GCC is expecting to find.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <garsilva@embeddedor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to not dirty the cacheline too often, we try to only update
dst->__use and dst->lastusetime at most once per jiffy.
As dst->lastusetime is only used by ipv6 garbage collector, it should
be good enough time resolution.
And __use is only used in ipv6_route_seq_show() to show how many times a
dst has been used. And as __use is not atomic_t right now, it does not
show the precise number of usage times anyway. So we think it should be
OK to only update it at most once per jiffy.
According to my latest syn flood test on a machine with intel Xeon 6th
gen processor and 2 10G mlx nics bonded together, each with 8 rx queues
on 2 NUMA nodes:
With this patch, the packet process rate increases from ~3.49Mpps to
~3.75Mpps with a 7% increase rate.
Note: dst_use() is being renamed to dst_hold_and_use() to better specify
the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@googl.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fib6_locate(), we need to first make sure fn is not NULL before doing
FIB6_SUBTREE(fn) to avoid crash.
This fixes the following static checker warning:
net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c:1462 fib6_locate()
warn: variable dereferenced before check 'fn' (see line 1459)
net/ipv6/ip6_fib.c
1458 if (src_len) {
1459 struct fib6_node *subtree = FIB6_SUBTREE(fn);
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
We shifted this dereference
1460
1461 WARN_ON(saddr == NULL);
1462 if (fn && subtree)
^^
before the check for NULL.
1463 fn = fib6_locate_1(subtree, saddr, src_len,
1464 offsetof(struct rt6_info, rt6i_src)
Fixes: 66f5d6ce53 ("ipv6: replace rwlock with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
register_netdevice() could fail early when we have an invalid
dev name, in which case ->ndo_uninit() is not called. For tun
device, this is a problem because a timer etc. are already
initialized and it expects ->ndo_uninit() to clean them up.
We could move these initializations into a ->ndo_init() so
that register_netdevice() knows better, however this is still
complicated due to the logic in tun_detach().
Therefore, I choose to just call dev_get_valid_name() before
register_netdevice(), which is quicker and much easier to audit.
And for this specific case, it is already enough.
Fixes: 96442e4242 ("tuntap: choose the txq based on rxq")
Reported-by: Dmitry Alexeev <avekceeb@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The callers have this info, they will pass it down to tcf_fill_node.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use tcf_block_q helper to get q pointer to be used for direct call of
sch_tree_lock/unlock instead of tcf_tree_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tc_u_common is now per-q. With blocks, it has to be converted to be
per-block.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using tp->q, use block to get the net pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Store net pointer in the block structure. Along the way, introduce
qdisc_net helper which allows to easily obtain net pointer for
qdisc instance.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare for removal of tp->q and store Qdisc pointer in the block
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes a slight tweak to mqprio in order to bring the
classid values used back in line with what is used for mq. The general idea
is to reserve values :ffe0 - :ffef to identify hardware traffic classes
normally reported via dev->num_tc. By doing this we can maintain a
consistent behavior with mq for classid where :1 - :ffdf will represent a
physical qdisc mapped onto a Tx queue represented by classid - 1, and the
traffic classes will be mapped onto a known subset of classid values
reserved for our virtual qdiscs.
Note I reserved the range from :fff0 - :ffff since this way we might be
able to reuse these classid values with clsact and ingress which would mean
that for mq, mqprio, ingress, and clsact we should be able to maintain a
similar classid layout.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jesus Sanchez-Palencia <jesus.sanchez-palencia@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IFLA_IFALIAS is defined as NLA_STRING. It means that the minimal length of
the attribute is 1 ("\0"). However, to remove an alias, the attribute
length must be 0 (see dev_set_alias()).
Let's define the type to NLA_BINARY to allow 0-length string, so that the
alias can be removed.
Example:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias foo
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
alias foo
Before the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
After the patch:
$ ip l s dummy0 alias ""
$ ip l l dev dummy0
5: dummy0: <BROADCAST,NOARP> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether ae:20:30:4f:a7:f3 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
CC: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Fixes: 96ca4a2cc1 ("net: remove ifalias on empty given alias")
Reported-by: Julien FLoret <julien.floret@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event process in rtnetlink_event would
send a notification for userspace and tx_queue_len's setting in
do_setlink would trigger NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN.
So it shouldn't set DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY status for this change to
send a notification any more.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check 'status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY' in do_setlink doesn't really
work after status & DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED, as:
DO_SETLINK_MODIFIED 0x1
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY 0x3
Considering that notifications are suppposed to be sent only when
status have the flag DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY, the right check would be:
(status & DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY) == DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
This would avoid lots of duplicated notifications when setting some
properties of a link.
Fixes: ba9989069f ("rtnl/do_setlink(): notify when a netdev is modified")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
libteam needs this event notification in userspace when dev's master
dev has been changed. After this, the redundant notifications issue
would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY
correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: b6b36eb23a ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As I said in patch 'rtnetlink: bring NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back
in rtnetlink_event', removing NETDEV_POST_TYPE_CHANGE event was not the
right fix for the redundant notifications issue.
So bring this event process back to rtnetlink_event and the old redundant
notifications issue would be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check
DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in do_setlink'.
Fixes: aef091ae58 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for POST_TYPE_CHANGE event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same fix for changing mtu in the patch 'rtnetlink: bring
NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process back in rtnetlink_event' is
needed for changing tx_queue_len.
Note that the redundant notifications issue for tx_queue_len
will be fixed in the later patch 'rtnetlink: do not send
notification for tx_queue_len in do_setlink'.
Fixes: 27b3b551d8 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for NETDEV_CHANGE_TX_QUEUE_LEN event")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU
events") tried to fix the redundant notifications issue when ip link
set mtu by removing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event process in rtnetlink_event.
But it also resulted in no notification generated when dev's mtu is
changed via other methods, like:
'ifconfig eth1 mtu 1400' or 'echo 1400 > /sys/class/net/eth1/mtu'
It would cause users not to be notified by this change.
This patch is to fix it by bringing NETDEV_CHANGEMTU event back into
rtnetlink_event, and the redundant notifications issue will be fixed
in the later patch 'rtnetlink: check DO_SETLINK_NOTIFY correctly in
do_setlink'.
Fixes: 085e1a65f0 ("rtnetlink: Do not generate notifications for MTU events")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clean up: There are no remaining callers of this method.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The "safe" version of ro_unmap is used here to avoid waiting
unnecessarily. However:
- It is safe to wait. After all, we have to wait anyway when using
FMR to register memory.
- This case is rare: it occurs only after a reconnect.
By switching this call site to ro_unmap_sync, the final use of
ro_unmap_safe is removed.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
In current kernels, waiting in xprt_release appears to be safe to
do. I had erroneously believed that for ASYNC RPCs, waiting of any
kind in xprt_release->xprt_rdma_free would result in deadlock. I've
done injection testing and consulted with Trond to confirm that
waiting in the RPC release path is safe.
For the very few times where RPC resources haven't yet been released
earlier by the reply handler, it is safe to wait synchronously in
xprt_rdma_free for invalidation rather than defering it to MR
recovery.
Note: When the QP is error state, posting a LocalInvalidate should
flush and mark the MR as bad. There is no way the remote HCA can
access that MR via a QP in error state, so it is effectively already
inaccessible and thus safe for the Upper Layer to access. The next
time the MR is used it should be recognized and cleaned up properly
by frwr_op_map.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
We remove the request from the receive list before we call
xprt_wait_on_pinned_rqst(), and so we need to use list_del_init().
Otherwise, we will see list corruption when xprt_complete_rqst()
is called.
Reported-by: Emre Celebi <emre@primarydata.com>
Fixes: ce7c252a8c ("SUNRPC: Add a separate spinlock to protect...")
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
When a key is reinstalled we can reset the replay counters
etc. which can lead to nonce reuse and/or replay detection
being impossible, breaking security properties, as described
in the "KRACK attacks".
In particular, CVE-2017-13080 applies to GTK rekeying that
happened in firmware while the host is in D3, with the second
part of the attack being done after the host wakes up. In
this case, the wpa_supplicant mitigation isn't sufficient
since wpa_supplicant doesn't know the GTK material.
In case this happens, simply silently accept the new key
coming from userspace but don't take any action on it since
it's the same key; this keeps the PN replay counters intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2017-10-13
This series contains updates to mqprio and i40e.
Amritha introduces a new hardware offload mode in tc/mqprio where the TCs,
the queue configurations and bandwidth rate limits are offloaded to the
hardware. The existing mqprio framework is extended to configure the queue
counts and layout and also added support for rate limiting. This is
achieved through new netlink attributes for the 'mode' option which takes
values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel' and a 'shaper' option for
QoS attributes such as bandwidth rate limits in hw mode 1. Legacy devices
can fall back to the existing setup supporting hw mode 1 without these
additional options where only the TCs are offloaded and then the 'mode'
and 'shaper' options defaults to DCB support. The i40e driver enables the
new mqprio hardware offload mechanism factoring the TCs, queue
configuration and bandwidth rates by creating HW channel VSIs.
In this new mode, the priority to traffic class mapping and the user
specified queue ranges are used to configure the traffic class when the
'mode' option is set to 'channel'. This is achieved by creating HW
channels(VSI). A new channel is created for each of the traffic class
configuration offloaded via mqprio framework except for the first TC (TC0)
which is for the main VSI. TC0 for the main VSI is also reconfigured as
per user provided queue parameters. Finally, bandwidth rate limits are set
on these traffic classes through the shaper attribute by sending these
rates in addition to the number of TCs and the queue configurations.
Colin Ian King makes an array of constant values "constant".
Alan fixes and issue where on some firmware versions, we were failing to
actually fill out the phy_types which caused ethtool to not report any
link types. Also hardened against a potentially malicious VF by not
letting the VF to reset itself after requesting to change the number of
queues (via ethtool), let the PF reset the VF to institute the requested
changes.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need a real-time notification for tcp retransmission
for monitoring.
Of course we could use ftrace to dynamically instrument this
kernel function too, however we can't retrieve the connection
information at the same time, for example perf-tools [1] reads
/proc/net/tcp for socket details, which is slow when we have
a lots of connections.
Therefore, this patch adds a tracepoint for __tcp_retransmit_skb()
and exposes src/dst IP addresses and ports of the connection.
This also makes it easier to integrate into perf.
Note, I expose both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses at the same time:
for a IPv4 socket, v4 mapped address is used as IPv6 addresses,
for a IPv6 socket, LOOPBACK4_IPV6 is already filled by kernel.
Also, add sk and skb pointers as they are useful for BPF.
1. https://github.com/brendangregg/perf-tools/blob/master/net/tcpretrans
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Brendan Gregg <brendan.d.gregg@gmail.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Brendan Gregg <bgregg@netflix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently ife_meta_id2name() is only called when
CONFIG_MODULES is defined.
This fixes:
net/sched/act_ife.c:251:20: warning: ‘ife_meta_id2name’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
static const char *ife_meta_id2name(u32 metaid)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: d3f24ba895 ("net sched actions: fix module auto-loading")
Cc: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pppol2tp_session_ioctl() is called by pppol2tp_tunnel_ioctl(),
the session may be unconnected. That is, it was created by
pppol2tp_session_create() and hasn't been connected with
pppol2tp_connect(). In this case, ps->sock is NULL, so we need to check
for this case in order to avoid dereferencing a NULL pointer.
Fixes: 309795f4be ("l2tp: Add netlink control API for L2TP")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* make "make -s" silent for the certs file (Arnd)
* fix missing CONFIG_ in extra certs symbol (Arnd)
* use crypto_aead_authsize() to use the proper API
and two other changes:
* remove a set-but-unused variable
* don't track HT *capability* changes, capabilities
are supposed to be constant (HT operation changes)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KTQB
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Three fixes for the recently added new code:
* make "make -s" silent for the certs file (Arnd)
* fix missing CONFIG_ in extra certs symbol (Arnd)
* use crypto_aead_authsize() to use the proper API
and two other changes:
* remove a set-but-unused variable
* don't track HT *capability* changes, capabilities
are supposed to be constant (HT operation changes)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from
DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the
implementation can be done in the driver setup.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ICMP implementation currently replies to an ICMP time exceeded message
(type 11) with an ICMP host unreachable message (type 3, code 1).
However, time exceeded messages can either represent "time to live exceeded
in transit" (code 0) or "fragment reassembly time exceeded" (code 1).
Unconditionally replying to "fragment reassembly time exceeded" with
host unreachable messages might cause unjustified connection resets
which are now easily triggered as UFO has been removed, because, in turn,
sending large buffers triggers IP fragmentation.
The issue can be easily reproduced by running a lot of UDP streams
which is likely to trigger IP fragmentation:
# start netserver in the test namespace
ip netns add test
ip netns exec test netserver
# create a VETH pair
ip link add name veth0 type veth peer name veth0 netns test
ip link set veth0 up
ip -n test link set veth0 up
for i in $(seq 20 29); do
# assign addresses to both ends
ip addr add dev veth0 192.168.$i.1/24
ip -n test addr add dev veth0 192.168.$i.2/24
# start the traffic
netperf -L 192.168.$i.1 -H 192.168.$i.2 -t UDP_STREAM -l 0 &
done
# wait
send_data: data send error: No route to host (errno 113)
netperf: send_omni: send_data failed: No route to host
We need to differentiate instead: if fragment reassembly time exceeded
is reported, we need to silently drop the packet,
if time to live exceeded is reported, maintain the current behaviour.
In both cases increment the related error count "icmpInTimeExcds".
While at it, fix a typo in a comment, and convert the if statement
into a switch to mate it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The offload types currently supported in mqprio are 0 (no offload) and
1 (offload only TCs) by setting these values for the 'hw' option. If
offloads are supported by setting the 'hw' option to 1, the default
offload mode is 'dcb' where only the TC values are offloaded to the
device. This patch introduces a new hardware offload mode called
'channel' with 'hw' set to 1 in mqprio which makes full use of the
mqprio options, the TCs, the queue configurations and the QoS parameters
for the TCs. This is achieved through a new netlink attribute for the
'mode' option which takes values such as 'dcb' (default) and 'channel'.
The 'channel' mode also supports QoS attributes for traffic class such as
minimum and maximum values for bandwidth rate limits.
This patch enables configuring additional HW shaper attributes associated
with a traffic class. Currently the shaper for bandwidth rate limiting is
supported which takes options such as minimum and maximum bandwidth rates
and are offloaded to the hardware in the 'channel' mode. The min and max
limits for bandwidth rates are provided by the user along with the TCs
and the queue configurations when creating the mqprio qdisc. The interface
can be extended to support new HW shapers in future through the 'shaper'
attribute.
Introduces a new data structure 'tc_mqprio_qopt_offload' for offloading
mqprio queue options and use this to be shared between the kernel and
device driver. This contains a copy of the existing data structure
for mqprio queue options. This new data structure can be extended when
adding new attributes for traffic class such as mode, shaper, shaper
parameters (bandwidth rate limits). The existing data structure for mqprio
queue options will be shared between the kernel and userspace.
Example:
queues 4@0 4@4 hw 1 mode channel shaper bw_rlimit\
min_rate 1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate 4Gbit 5Gbit
To dump the bandwidth rates:
qdisc mqprio 804a: root tc 2 map 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queues:(0:3) (4:7)
mode:channel
shaper:bw_rlimit min_rate:1Gbit 2Gbit max_rate:4Gbit 5Gbit
Signed-off-by: Amritha Nambiar <amritha.nambiar@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We already have point-to-multipoint flow control within a group. But
we even need the opposite; -a scheme which can handle that potentially
hundreds of sources may try to send messages to the same destination
simultaneously without causing buffer overflow at the recipient. This
commit adds such a mechanism.
The algorithm works as follows:
- When a member detects a new, joining member, it initially set its
state to JOINED and advertises a minimum window to the new member.
This window is chosen so that the new member can send exactly one
maximum sized message, or several smaller ones, to the recipient
before it must stop and wait for an additional advertisement. This
minimum window ADV_IDLE is set to 65 1kB blocks.
- When a member receives the first data message from a JOINED member,
it changes the state of the latter to ACTIVE, and advertises a larger
window ADV_ACTIVE = 12 x ADV_IDLE blocks to the sender, so it can
continue sending with minimal disturbances to the data flow.
- The active members are kept in a dedicated linked list. Each time a
message is received from an active member, it will be moved to the
tail of that list. This way, we keep a record of which members have
been most (tail) and least (head) recently active.
- There is a maximum number (16) of permitted simultaneous active
senders per receiver. When this limit is reached, the receiver will
not advertise anything immediately to a new sender, but instead put
it in a PENDING state, and add it to a corresponding queue. At the
same time, it will pick the least recently active member, send it an
advertisement RECLAIM message, and set this member to state
RECLAIMING.
- The reclaimee member has to respond with a REMIT message, meaning that
it goes back to a send window of ADV_IDLE, and returns its unused
advertised blocks beyond that value to the reclaiming member.
- When the reclaiming member receives the REMIT message, it unlinks
the reclaimee from its active list, resets its state to JOINED, and
notes that it is now back at ADV_IDLE advertised blocks to that
member. If there are still unread data messages sent out by
reclaimee before the REMIT, the member goes into an intermediate
state REMITTED, where it stays until the said messages have been
consumed.
- The returned advertised blocks can now be re-advertised to the
pending member, which is now set to state ACTIVE and added to
the active member list.
- To be proactive, i.e., to minimize the risk that any member will
end up in the pending queue, we start reclaiming resources already
when the number of active members exceeds 3/4 of the permitted
maximum.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following scenario is possible:
- A user sends a broadcast message, and thereafter immediately leaves
the group.
- The LEAVE message, following a different path than the broadcast,
arrives ahead of the broadcast, and the sending member is removed
from the receiver's list.
- The broadcast message arrives, but is dropped because the sender
now is unknown to the receipient.
We fix this by sequence numbering membership events, just like ordinary
unicast messages. Currently, when a JOIN is sent to a peer, it contains
a synchronization point, - the sequence number of the next sent
broadcast, in order to give the receiver a start synchronization point.
We now let even LEAVE messages contain such an "end synchronization"
point, so that the recipient can delay the removal of the sending member
until it knows that all messages have been received.
The received synchronization points are added as sequence numbers to the
generated membership events, making it possible to handle them almost
the same way as regular unicasts in the receiving filter function. In
particular, a DOWN event with a too high sequence number will be kept
in the reordering queue until the missing broadcast(s) arrive and have
been delivered.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following scenario is possible:
- A user joins a group, and immediately sends out a broadcast message
to its members.
- The broadcast message, following a different data path than the
initial JOIN message sent out during the joining procedure, arrives
to a receiver before the latter..
- The receiver drops the message, since it is not ready to accept any
messages until the JOIN has arrived.
We avoid this by treating group protocol JOIN messages like unicast
messages.
- We let them pass through the recipient's multicast input queue, just
like ordinary unicasts.
- We force the first following broadacst to be sent as replicated
unicast and being acknowledged by the recipient before accepting
any more broadcast transmissions.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need a mechanism guaranteeing that group unicasts sent out from a
socket are not bypassed by later sent broadcasts from the same socket.
We do this as follows:
- Each time a unicast is sent, we set a the broadcast method for the
socket to "replicast" and "mandatory". This forces the first
subsequent broadcast message to follow the same network and data path
as the preceding unicast to a destination, hence preventing it from
overtaking the latter.
- In order to make the 'same data path' statement above true, we let
group unicasts pass through the multicast link input queue, instead
of as previously through the unicast link input queue.
- In the first broadcast following a unicast, we set a new header flag,
requiring all recipients to immediately acknowledge its reception.
- During the period before all the expected acknowledges are received,
the socket refuses to accept any more broadcast attempts, i.e., by
blocking or returning EAGAIN. This period should typically not be
longer than a few microseconds.
- When all acknowledges have been received, the sending socket will
open up for subsequent broadcasts, this time giving the link layer
freedom to itself select the best transmission method.
- The forced and/or abrupt transmission method changes described above
may lead to broadcasts arriving out of order to the recipients. We
remedy this by introducing code that checks and if necessary
re-orders such messages at the receiving end.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Group unicast messages don't follow the same path as broadcast messages,
and there is a high risk that unicasts sent from a socket might bypass
previously sent broadcasts from the same socket.
We fix this by letting all unicast messages carry the sequence number of
the next sent broadcast from the same node, but without updating this
number at the receiver. This way, a receiver can check and if necessary
re-order such messages before they are added to the socket receive buffer.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previously introduced message transport to all group members is
based on the tipc multicast service, but is logically a broadcast
service within the group, and that is what we call it.
We now add functionality for sending messages to all group members
having a certain identity. Correspondingly, we call this feature 'group
multicast'. The service is using unicast when only one destination is
found, otherwise it will use the bearer broadcast service to transfer
the messages. In the latter case, the receiving members filter arriving
messages by looking at the intended destination instance. If there is
no match, the message will be dropped, while still being considered
received and read as seen by the flow control mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this commit, we make it possible to send connectionless unicast
messages to any member corresponding to the given member identity,
when there is more than one such member. The sender must use a
TIPC_ADDR_NAME address to achieve this effect.
We also perform load balancing between the destinations, i.e., we
primarily select one which has advertised sufficient send window
to not cause a block/EAGAIN delay, if any. This mechanism is
overlayed on the always present round-robin selection.
Anycast messages are subject to the same start synchronization
and flow control mechanism as group broadcast messages.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We now make it possible to send connectionless unicast messages
within a communication group. To send a message, the sender can use
either a direct port address, aka port identity, or an indirect port
name to be looked up.
This type of messages are subject to the same start synchronization
and flow control mechanism as group broadcast messages.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We introduce an end-to-end flow control mechanism for group broadcast
messages. This ensures that no messages are ever lost because of
destination receive buffer overflow, with minimal impact on performance.
For now, the algorithm is based on the assumption that there is only one
active transmitter at any moment in time.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Like with any other service, group members' availability can be
subscribed for by connecting to be topology server. However, because
the events arrive via a different socket than the member socket, there
is a real risk that membership events my arrive out of synch with the
actual JOIN/LEAVE action. I.e., it is possible to receive the first
messages from a new member before the corresponding JOIN event arrives,
just as it is possible to receive the last messages from a leaving
member after the LEAVE event has already been received.
Since each member socket is internally also subscribing for membership
events, we now fix this problem by passing those events on to the user
via the member socket. We leverage the already present member synch-
ronization protocol to guarantee correct message/event order. An event
is delivered to the user as an empty message where the two source
addresses identify the new/lost member. Furthermore, we set the MSG_OOB
bit in the message flags to mark it as an event. If the event is an
indication about a member loss we also set the MSG_EOR bit, so it can
be distinguished from a member addition event.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With group communication, it becomes important for a message receiver to
identify not only from which socket (identfied by a node:port tuple) the
message was sent, but also the logical identity (type:instance) of the
sending member.
We fix this by adding a second instance of struct sockaddr_tipc to the
source address area when a message is read. The extra address struct
is filled in with data found in the received message header (type,) and
in the local member representation struct (instance.)
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparation for introducing flow control for multicast and datagram
messaging we need a more strictly defined framework than we have now. A
socket must be able keep track of exactly how many and which other
sockets it is allowed to communicate with at any moment, and keep the
necessary state for those.
We therefore introduce a new concept we have named Communication Group.
Sockets can join a group via a new setsockopt() call TIPC_GROUP_JOIN.
The call takes four parameters: 'type' serves as group identifier,
'instance' serves as an logical member identifier, and 'scope' indicates
the visibility of the group (node/cluster/zone). Finally, 'flags' makes
it possible to set certain properties for the member. For now, there is
only one flag, indicating if the creator of the socket wants to receive
a copy of broadcast or multicast messages it is sending via the socket,
and if wants to be eligible as destination for its own anycasts.
A group is closed, i.e., sockets which have not joined a group will
not be able to send messages to or receive messages from members of
the group, and vice versa.
Any member of a group can send multicast ('group broadcast') messages
to all group members, optionally including itself, using the primitive
send(). The messages are received via the recvmsg() primitive. A socket
can only be member of one group at a time.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We often see a need for a linked list of destination identities,
sometimes containing a port number, sometimes a node identity, and
sometimes both. The currently defined struct u32_list is not generic
enough to cover all cases, so we extend it to contain two u32 integers
and rename it to struct tipc_dest_list.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We see an increasing need to send multiple single-buffer messages
of TIPC_SYSTEM_IMPORTANCE to different individual destination nodes.
Instead of looping over the send queue and sending each buffer
individually, as we do now, we add a new help function
tipc_node_distr_xmit() to do this.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the following commits we will need to handle multiple incoming and
rejected/returned buffers in the function socket.c::filter_rcv().
As a preparation for this, we generalize the function by handling
buffer queues instead of individual buffers. We also introduce a
help function tipc_skb_reject(), and rename filter_rcv() to
tipc_sk_filter_rcv() in line with other functions in socket.c.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the coming commits, functions at the socket level will need the
ability to read the availability status of a given node. We therefore
introduce a new function for this purpose, while renaming the existing
static function currently having the wanted name.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The address given to tipc_connect() is not completely sanity checked,
under the assumption that this will be done later in the function
__tipc_sendmsg() when the address is used there.
However, the latter functon will in the next commits serve as caller
to several other send functions, so we want to move the corresponding
sanity check there to the beginning of that function, before we possibly
need to grab the address stored by tipc_connect(). We must therefore
be able to trust that this address already has been thoroughly checked.
We do this in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As preparation for introducing communication groups, we add the ability
to issue topology subscriptions and receive topology events from kernel
space. This will make it possible for group member sockets to keep track
of other group members.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code here (more or less accidentally) tracks the HT capability of
the AP when connected, and we found at least one AP that erroneously
toggles its 20/40 capability bit when changing between 20/40 MHz. The
connection to the AP is then broken because we set the 40 MHz disable
flag based on this, as soon as it switches to 20 MHz, but because the
flag then changed, we disconnect.
I'd be inclined to just ignore this issue, since we then reconnect
while the AP is in 20 MHz mode and never use 40 MHz with it again,
but this code is a bit strange anyway - we don't use the capabilities
for anything else.
Change the code to simply not track the HT capabilities at all, which
assumes that the AP at least sets 20/40 capability when operating in
40 MHz (or higher). If not, rate scaling might end up using only the
narrower bandwidth.
The new behaviour also mirrors what VHT does, where we only check the
VHT operation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The missing CONFIG_ prefix means this macro is never defined,
leading to a possible Kbuild warning:
net/wireless/reg.c:666:20: error: 'load_keys_from_buffer' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
static void __init load_keys_from_buffer(const u8 *p, unsigned int buflen)
When we use the correct symbol, the warning also goes away.
Fixes: 90a53e4432 ("cfg80211: implement regdb signature checking")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Building an allmodconfig kernel with 'make -s' now prints a single line:
GEN net/wireless/shipped-certs.c
Using '$(kecho)' here will skip the output with 'make -s' but
otherwise keeps printing it, which is consistent with how we
handle all the other output.
Fixes: 90a53e4432 ("cfg80211: implement regdb signature checking")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The kernel config help for policy routing was still pointing at
an ancient document from 2000 that refers to Linux 2.1. Update it
to point to something that is at least occasionally updated.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the parameter updating via RCU and not protected by a
spinlock anymore. This reduce the time that the spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch migrates the current counter handling which is protected by a
spinlock to a per-cpu counter handling. This reduce the time where the
spinlock is being held.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the check of the two possible ife handlings encode
and decode to the init callback. The decode value is for usability
aspect and used in userspace code only. The current code offers encode
else decode only. This patch avoids any other option than this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <aring@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macro __stringify_1() can stringify a macro argument, however IFE_META_*
are enums, so they never expand, however request_module expects an integer
in IFE module name, so as a result it always fails to auto-load.
Fixes: ef6980b6be ("introduce IFE action")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make style of module alias name consistent with other subsystems in kernel,
for example net devices.
Fixes: 084e2f6566 ("Support to encoding decoding skb mark on IFE action")
Fixes: 200e10f469 ("Support to encoding decoding skb prio on IFE action")
Fixes: 408fbc22ef ("net sched ife action: Introduce skb tcindex metadata encap decap")
Signed-off-by: Roman Mashak <mrv@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When af_mpls is built-in but the tunnel support is a module,
we get a link failure:
net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_init':
af_mpls.c:(.init.text+0xdc): undefined reference to `ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops'
This adds a Kconfig statement to prevent the broken
configuration and force mpls to be a module as well in
this case.
Fixes: bdc476413d ("ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support")
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For RoCEs ib_query_gid() takes a reference count on the net_device.
This reference count must be decreased by the caller.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Fixes: 0cfdd8f92c ("smc: connection and link group creation")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SMC should not open code the function pointer get_netdev of the
IB device. Replacing ib_query_gid(..., NULL) with
ib_query_gid(..., gid_attr) allows access to the netdev.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual
transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to
resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port
number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two
events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the
slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the
tree.
This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which
needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping
and scheduling.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parameter extack was added to batadv_softif_slave_add without adding
the kernel-doc for it. This caused kernel-doc warnings.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
The function ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol 'ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen' was not declared. Should it be static?
Fixes: bdc476413d ("ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The array sctp_sched_ops is local to the source and
does not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
symbol 'sctp_sched_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to the previous patch, use the device lookup functions
that bump device refcount and flag this as DOIT_UNLOCKED to avoid
rtnl mutex.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of relying on rtnl mutex bump device reference count.
After this change, values reported can change in parallel, but thats not
much different from current state, as anyone can change the settings
right after rtnl_unlock (and before userspace processed reply).
While at it, switch to GFP_KERNEL allocation.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The helper and the struct field ares no longer used by any code,
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user of cls_flower->egress_dev is mlx5. So do the conversion
there alongside with the code originating the call in cls_flower
function fl_hw_replace_filter to the newly introduced egress device
callback infrastucture.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce infrastructure that allows drivers to register callbacks that
are called whenever tc would offload inserted rule and specified device
acts as tc action egress device.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return dev directly, NULL if not possible. That is enough.
Makes no sense to pass struct net * to get_dev op, as there is only one
net possible, the one the action was created in. So just store it in
mirred priv and use directly.
Rename the mirred op callback function.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we drop any new VLAN ids if there are more than the current
(or last used) channel can support. Most importantly this is a problem
if no channel has been selected yet, resulting in a segfault.
Secondly this does not necessarily reflect the capabilities of any other
channels. Instead only drop a new VLAN id if we are already tracking the
maximum allowed by the NCSI specification. Per-channel limits are
already handled by ncsi_add_filter(), but add a message to set_one_vid()
to make it obvious that the channel can not support any more VLAN ids.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the necessary logic for decoding incoming messages of version 2 as
well. Also make sure there's room for the bigger of version 1 and 2
headers in the code allocating skbs for outgoing messages.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than parsing the header of incoming messages throughout the
implementation do it once when we retrieve the message and store the
relevant information in the "cb" member of the sk_buff.
This allows us to, in a later commit, decode version 2 messages into
this same structure.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the message header generation is deferred the internal functions for
generating control packets can be simplified.
This patch modifies qrtr_alloc_ctrl_packet() to, in addition to the
sk_buff, return a reference to a struct qrtr_ctrl_pkt, which clarifies
and simplifies the helpers to the point that these functions can be
folded back into the callers.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Defer writing the message header to the skb until its time to enqueue
the packet. As the receive path is reworked to decode the message header
as it's received from the transport and only pass around the payload in
the skb this change means that we do not have to fill out the full
message header just to decode it immediately in qrtr_local_enqueue().
In the future this change also makes it possible to prepend message
headers based on the version of each link.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QMUX protocol specification defines structure of the special control
packet messages being sent between handlers of the control port.
Add these to the uapi header, as this structure and the associated types
are shared between the kernel and all userspace handlers of control
messages.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The constants are used by both the name server and clients, so clarify
their value and move them to the uapi header.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than manually waking up any context sleeping on the sock to
signal an error we should call sk_error_report(). This has the added
benefit that in-kernel consumers can override this notification with
its own callback.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Andersson <bjorn.andersson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=gW8q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-10-11' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
Work continues in various areas:
* port authorized event for 4-way-HS offload (Avi)
* enable MFP optional for such devices (Emmanuel)
* Kees's timer setup patch for mac80211 mesh
(the part that isn't trivially scripted)
* improve VLAN vs. TXQ handling (myself)
* load regulatory database as firmware file (myself)
* with various other small improvements and cleanups
I merged net-next once in the meantime to allow Kees's
timer setup patch to go in.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Evidently this API is intended to be used to isolate against
API changes, so use it instead of accessing ->authsize.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently CRDA implements the signature checking, and the previous
commits added the ability to load the whole regulatory database
into the kernel.
However, we really can't lose the signature checking, so implement
it in the kernel by loading a detached signature (regulatory.db.p7s)
and check it against built-in keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing and building C structures from a regdb is no longer needed
since the "firmware" file (regulatory.db) can be linked into the
kernel image to achieve the same effect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the regulatory database is loaded, and then updated, it may
be necessary to reload it. Add an nl80211 command to do this.
Note that this just reloads the database, it doesn't re-apply
the rules from it immediately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the current regulatory database is only about 4k big, and already
difficult to extend, we decided that overall it would be better to
get rid of the complications with CRDA and load the database into the
kernel directly, but in a new format that is extensible.
The new file format can be extended since it carries a length field
on all the structs that need to be extensible.
In order to be able to request firmware when the module initializes,
move cfg80211 from subsys_initcall() to the later fs_initcall(); the
firmware loader is at the same level but linked earlier, so it can
be called from there. Otherwise, when both the firmware loader and
cfg80211 are built-in, the request will crash the kernel. We also
need to be before device_initcall() so that cfg80211 is available
for devices when they initialize.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we cannot find a suitable inner_mode value, we will leak
the currently allocated 'xdst'.
The fix is to make sure it is linked into the chain before
erroring out.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When removing an AP VLAN interface, mac80211 currently purges
the entire TXQ for the AP interface. Fix this by using the FQ
API introduced in the previous patch to filter frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, the aes_ccm.c and aes_gcm.c are almost line by line copy of
each other. This patch reduce code redundancy by moving the code in these
two files to crypto/aead_api.c to make it a higher level aead api. The
file aes_ccm.c and aes_gcm.c are removed and all the functions there are
now implemented in their headers using the newly added aead api.
Signed-off-by: Xiang Gao <qasdfgtyuiop@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If for some reason, the newly allocated child need to be freed,
we will call cgroup_put() (via sk_free_unlock_clone()) while the
corresponding cgroup_get() was not yet done, and we will free memory
too soon.
Fixes: d979a39d72 ("cgroup: duplicate cgroup reference when cloning sockets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit fbb1fb4ad4.
This was not the proper fix, lets cleanly revert it, so that
following patch can be carried to stable versions.
sock_cgroup_ptr() callers do not expect a NULL return value.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a ct_clear action for clearing conntrack state. ct_clear is
currently implemented in OVS userspace, but is not backed by an action
in the kernel datapath. This is useful for flows that may modify a
packet tuple after a ct lookup has already occurred.
Signed-off-by: Eric Garver <e@erig.me>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_DST_CACHE is not selected cpu variable
will be unused and we will see a compilation warning.
Move it under the ifdef.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: d66f2b91f9 ("bpf: don't rely on the verifier lock for metadata_dst allocation")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can now piggyback error strings to userspace via extended acks
rather than using printk.
Before:
bridge fdb add 01:02:03:04:05:06 dev br0 vlan 4095
RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument
After:
bridge fdb add 01:02:03:04:05:06 dev br0 vlan 4095
Error: invalid vlan id.
v3: drop 'RTM_' prefixes, suggested by David Ahern, they
are not useful, the add/del in bridge command line is enough.
Also reword error in response to malformed/bad vlan id attribute
size.
Cc: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix BUG() calls to use BUG_ON(conditional) macros.
This was found using make coccicheck M=net/core on linux next
tag next-2017092
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_*() functions require allocation of per-cpu
metadata_dst. The allocation happens upon verification of the
first program using those helpers. In preparation for removing
the verifier lock, use cmpxchg() to make sure we only allocate
the metadata_dsts once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The use of the | operator always leads to true which looks rather
suspect to me. Fix this by using & instead to just check the
RTF_CACHE entry bit.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1457734, #1457747 ("Wrong operator used")
Fixes: 35732d01fe ("ipv6: introduce a hash table to store dst cache")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently rt6_ex is being dereferenced before it is null checked
hence there is a possible null dereference bug. Fix this by only
dereferencing rt6_ex after it has been null checked.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1457749 ("Dereference before null check")
Fixes: 81eb8447da ("ipv6: take care of rt6_stats")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_clone_lock() might run while TCP/DCCP listener already vanished.
In order to prevent use after free, it is better to defer cgroup_sk_alloc()
to the point we know both parent and child exist, and from process context.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling mem_cgroup_sk_alloc() from BH context,
it is better to call it from inet_csk_accept() in process context.
Not only this removes code in mem_cgroup_sk_alloc(), but it also
fixes a bug since listener might have been dismantled and css_get()
might cause a use-after-free.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add erspan netlink interface for OVS.
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@ovn.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix object leak on IPSEC offload failure, from Steffen Klassert.
2) Fix range checks in ipset address range addition operations, from
Jozsef Kadlecsik.
3) Fix pernet ops unregistration order in ipset, from Florian Westphal.
4) Add missing netlink attribute policy for nl80211 packet pattern
attrs, from Peng Xu.
5) Fix PPP device destruction race, from Guillaume Nault.
6) Write marks get lost when BPF verifier processes R1=R2 register
assignments, causing incorrect liveness information and less state
pruning. Fix from Alexei Starovoitov.
7) Fix blockhole routes so that they are marked dead and therefore not
cached in sockets, otherwise IPSEC stops working. From Steffen
Klassert.
8) Fix broadcast handling of UDP socket early demux, from Paolo Abeni.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (37 commits)
cdc_ether: flag the u-blox TOBY-L2 and SARA-U2 as wwan
net: thunderx: mark expected switch fall-throughs in nicvf_main()
udp: fix bcast packet reception
netlink: do not set cb_running if dump's start() errs
ipv4: Fix traffic triggered IPsec connections.
ipv6: Fix traffic triggered IPsec connections.
ixgbe: incorrect XDP ring accounting in ethtool tx_frame param
net: ixgbe: Use new PCI_DEV_FLAGS_NO_RELAXED_ORDERING flag
Revert commit 1a8b6d76dc ("net:add one common config...")
ixgbe: fix masking of bits read from IXGBE_VXLANCTRL register
ixgbe: Return error when getting PHY address if PHY access is not supported
netfilter: xt_bpf: Fix XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED mode of 'xt_bpf_info_v1'
netfilter: SYNPROXY: skip non-tcp packet in {ipv4, ipv6}_synproxy_hook
tipc: Unclone message at secondary destination lookup
tipc: correct initialization of skb list
gso: fix payload length when gso_size is zero
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Avoid expensive lookup during route removal
bpf: fix liveness marking
doc: Fix typo "8023.ad" in bonding documentation
ipv6: fix net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_dad behaviour for real
...
After previous patch ("ipv6: addrlabel: rework ip6addrlbl_get()")
we can remove the refcount from struct ip6addrlbl_entry,
since it is no longer elevated in p6addrlbl_get()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we allocate skb before the lookup, we can use RCU
without the need of ip6addrlbl_hold()
This means that the following patch can get rid of refcounting.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter/IPVS fixes for net
The following patchset contains Netfilter/IPVS fixes for your net tree,
they are:
1) Fix packet drops due to incorrect ECN handling in IPVS, from Vadim
Fedorenko.
2) Fix splat with mark restoration in xt_socket with non-full-sock,
patch from Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan.
3) ipset bogusly bails out when adding IPv4 range containing more than
2^31 addresses, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
4) Incorrect pernet unregistration order in ipset, from Florian Westphal.
5) Races between dump and swap in ipset results in BUG_ON splats, from
Ross Lagerwall.
6) Fix chain renames in nf_tables, from JingPiao Chen.
7) Fix race in pernet codepath with ebtables table registration, from
Artem Savkov.
8) Memory leak in error path in set name allocation in nf_tables, patch
from Arvind Yadav.
9) Don't dump chain counters if they are not available, this fixes a
crash when listing the ruleset.
10) Fix out of bound memory read in strlcpy() in x_tables compat code,
from Eric Dumazet.
11) Make sure we only process TCP packets in SYNPROXY hooks, patch from
Lin Zhang.
12) Cannot load rules incrementally anymore after xt_bpf with pinned
objects, added in revision 1. From Shmulik Ladkani.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
per cpu allocations are already zeroed, no need to clear them again.
Fixes: d52d3997f8 ("ipv6: Create percpu rt6_info")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit bc044e8db7 ("udp: perform source validation for
mcast early demux") does not take into account that broadcast packets
lands in the same code path and they need different checks for the
source address - notably, zero source address are valid for bcast
and invalid for mcast.
As a result, 2nd and later broadcast packets with 0 source address
landing to the same socket are dropped. This breaks dhcp servers.
Since we don't have stringent performance requirements for ingress
broadcast traffic, fix it by disabling UDP early demux such traffic.
Reported-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Fixes: bc044e8db7 ("udp: perform source validation for mcast early demux")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that multiple places can call netlink_dump(), which means
it's still possible to dereference partially initialized values in
dump() that were the result of a faulty returned start().
This fixes the issue by calling start() _before_ setting cb_running to
true, so that there's no chance at all of hitting the dump() function
through any indirect paths.
It also moves the call to start() to be when the mutex is held. This has
the nice side effect of serializing invocations to start(), which is
likely desirable anyway. It also prevents any possible other races that
might come out of this logic.
In testing this with several different pieces of tricky code to trigger
these issues, this commit fixes all avenues that I'm aware of.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an access function that, given a bridge netdevice, returns whether the
bridge device is currently an mrouter or not. The function uses the already
existing br_multicast_is_router function to check that.
This function is needed in order to allow ports that join an already
existing bridge to know the current mrouter state of the bridge device.
Together with the bridge device mrouter ports switchdev notifications, it
is possible to have full offloading of the semantics of the bridge device
mcast router state.
Due to the fact that the bridge multicast router status can change in
packet RX path, take the multicast_router bridge spinlock to protect the
read.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER switchdev notification type, used
to indicate whether the bridge is or isn't mrouter. Notify when the bridge
changes its state, similarly to the already existing bridged port mrouter
notifications.
The notification uses the switchdev_attr.u.mrouter boolean flag to indicate
the current bridge mrouter status. Thus, it only indicates whether the
bridge is currently used as an mrouter or not, and does not indicate the
exact mrouter state of the bridge (learning, permanent, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=WEgb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2017-10-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2017-10-09
The QCA folks found another netlink problem - we were missing validation
of some attributes. It's not super problematic since one can only read a
few bytes beyond the message (and that memory must exist), but here's the
fix for it.
I thought perhaps we can make nla_parse_nested() require a policy, but
given the two-stage validation/parsing in regular netlink that won't work.
Please pull and let me know if there's any problem.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2017-10-09
1) Fix some error paths of the IPsec offloading API.
2) Fix a NULL pointer dereference when IPsec is used
with vti. From Alexey Kodanev.
3) Don't call xfrm_policy_cache_flush under xfrm_state_lock,
it triggers several locking warnings. From Artem Savkov.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent patch removed the dst_free() on the allocated
dst_entry in ipv4_blackhole_route(). The dst_free() marked the
dst_entry as dead and added it to the gc list. I.e. it was setup
for a one time usage. As a result we may now have a blackhole
route cached at a socket on some IPsec scenarios. This makes the
connection unusable.
Fix this by marking the dst_entry directly at allocation time
as 'dead', so it is used only once.
Fixes: b838d5e1c5 ("ipv4: mark DST_NOGC and remove the operation of dst_free()")
Reported-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent patch removed the dst_free() on the allocated
dst_entry in ipv6_blackhole_route(). The dst_free() marked
the dst_entry as dead and added it to the gc list. I.e. it
was setup for a one time usage. As a result we may now have
a blackhole route cached at a socket on some IPsec scenarios.
This makes the connection unusable.
Fix this by marking the dst_entry directly at allocation time
as 'dead', so it is used only once.
Fixes: 587fea7411 ("ipv6: mark DST_NOGC and remove the operation of dst_free()")
Reported-by: Tobias Brunner <tobias@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 2c16d60332 ("netfilter: xt_bpf: support ebpf") introduced
support for attaching an eBPF object by an fd, with the
'bpf_mt_check_v1' ABI expecting the '.fd' to be specified upon each
IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE call.
However this breaks subsequent iptables calls:
# iptables -A INPUT -m bpf --object-pinned /sys/fs/bpf/xxx -j ACCEPT
# iptables -A INPUT -s 5.6.7.8 -j ACCEPT
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
That's because iptables works by loading existing rules using
IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES to userspace, then issuing IPT_SO_SET_REPLACE with
the replacement set.
However, the loaded 'xt_bpf_info_v1' has an arbitrary '.fd' number
(from the initial "iptables -m bpf" invocation) - so when 2nd invocation
occurs, userspace passes a bogus fd number, which leads to
'bpf_mt_check_v1' to fail.
One suggested solution [1] was to hack iptables userspace, to perform a
"entries fixup" immediatley after IPT_SO_GET_ENTRIES, by opening a new,
process-local fd per every 'xt_bpf_info_v1' entry seen.
However, in [2] both Pablo Neira Ayuso and Willem de Bruijn suggested to
depricate the xt_bpf_info_v1 ABI dealing with pinned ebpf objects.
This fix changes the XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED behavior to ignore the given
'.fd' and instead perform an in-kernel lookup for the bpf object given
the provided '.path'.
It also defines an alias for the XT_BPF_MODE_FD_PINNED mode, named
XT_BPF_MODE_PATH_PINNED, to better reflect the fact that the user is
expected to provide the path of the pinned object.
Existing XT_BPF_MODE_FD_ELF behavior (non-pinned fd mode) is preserved.
References: [1] https://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=150564724607440&w=2
[2] https://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=150575727129880&w=2
Reported-by: Rafael Buchbinder <rafi@rbk.ms>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In function {ipv4,ipv6}_synproxy_hook we expect a normal tcp packet, but
the real server maybe reply an icmp error packet related to the exist
tcp conntrack, so we will access wrong tcp data.
Fix it by checking for the protocol field and only process tcp traffic.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
By extending the rcu section a bit, we can avoid these
very expensive in6_ifa_put()/in6_ifa_hold() calls
done in __ipv6_dev_get_saddr() and ipv6_dev_get_saddr()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Callers hold rcu_read_lock(), so we do not need
the rcu_read_lock()/rcu_read_unlock() pair.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet6_ifa_finish_destroy() already uses kfree_rcu() to free
inet6_ifaddr structs.
We need to use proper list additions/deletions in order
to allow readers to use RCU instead of idev->lock rwlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a bundling message is received, the function tipc_link_input()
calls function tipc_msg_extract() to unbundle all inner messages of
the bundling message before adding them to input queue.
The function tipc_msg_extract() just clones all inner skb for all
inner messagges from the bundling skb. This means that the skb
headroom of an inner message overlaps with the data part of the
preceding message in the bundle.
If the message in question is a name addressed message, it may be
subject to a secondary destination lookup, and eventually be sent out
on one of the interfaces again. But, since what is perceived as headroom
by the device driver in reality is the last bytes of the preceding
message in the bundle, the latter will be overwritten by the MAC
addresses of the L2 header. If the preceding message has not yet been
consumed by the user, it will evenually be delivered with corrupted
contents.
This commit fixes this by uncloning all messages passing through the
function tipc_msg_lookup_dest(), hence ensuring that the headroom
is always valid when the message is passed on.
Signed-off-by: Tung Nguyen <tung.q.nguyen@dektech.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We change the initialization of the skb transmit buffer queues
in the functions tipc_bcast_xmit() and tipc_rcast_xmit() to also
initialize their spinlocks. This is needed because we may, during
error conditions, need to call skb_queue_purge() on those queues
further down the stack.
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids flooding and proxies ndisc packets
for BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS ports.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids flooding and proxies arp packets
for BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS ports.
Moves existing br_do_proxy_arp to br_do_proxy_suppress_arp
to support both proxy arp and neigh suppress.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new bridge port flag BR_NEIGH_SUPPRESS to
suppress arp and nd flood on bridge ports. It implements
rfc7432, section 10.
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7432#section-10
for ethernet VPN deployments. It is similar to the existing
BR_PROXYARP* flags but has a few semantic differences to conform
to EVPN standard. Unlike the existing flags, this new flag suppresses
flood of all neigh discovery packets (arp and nd) to tunnel ports.
Supports both vlan filtering and non-vlan filtering bridges.
In case of EVPN, it is mainly used to avoid flooding
of arp and nd packets to tunnel ports like vxlan.
This patch adds netlink and sysfs support to set this bridge port
flag.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ido reported following splat and provided a patch.
[ 122.221814] BUG: using smp_processor_id() in preemptible [00000000] code: sshd/2672
[ 122.221845] caller is debug_smp_processor_id+0x17/0x20
[ 122.221866] CPU: 0 PID: 2672 Comm: sshd Not tainted 4.14.0-rc3-idosch-next-custom #639
[ 122.221880] Hardware name: Mellanox Technologies Ltd. MSN2100-CB2FO/SA001017, BIOS 5.6.5 06/07/2016
[ 122.221893] Call Trace:
[ 122.221919] dump_stack+0xb1/0x10c
[ 122.221946] ? _atomic_dec_and_lock+0x124/0x124
[ 122.221974] ? ___ratelimit+0xfe/0x240
[ 122.222020] check_preemption_disabled+0x173/0x1b0
[ 122.222060] debug_smp_processor_id+0x17/0x20
[ 122.222083] ip6_pol_route+0x1482/0x24a0
...
I believe we can simplify this code path a bit, since we no longer
hold a read_lock and need to release it to avoid a dead lock.
By disabling BH, we make sure we'll prevent code re-entry and
rt6_get_pcpu_route()/rt6_make_pcpu_route() run on the same cpu.
Fixes: 66f5d6ce53 ("ipv6: replace rwlock with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table")
Reported-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Tested-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When gso_size reset to zero for the tail segment in skb_segment(), later
in ipv6_gso_segment(), __skb_udp_tunnel_segment() and gre_gso_segment()
we will get incorrect results (payload length, pcsum) for that segment.
inet_gso_segment() already has a check for gso_size before calculating
payload.
The issue was found with LTP vxlan & gre tests over ixgbe NIC.
Fixes: 07b26c9454 ("gso: Support partial splitting at the frag_list pointer")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly to early patch for erspan_xmit(), the ARPHDR_ETHER device
is the length of the whole ether packet. So skb->len should subtract
the dev->hard_header_len.
Fixes: 1a66a836da ("gre: add collect_md mode to ERSPAN tunnel")
Fixes: 84e54fe0a5 ("gre: introduce native tunnel support for ERSPAN")
Signed-off-by: William Tu <u9012063@gmail.com>
Cc: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Cc: David Laight <David.Laight@aculab.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phonet_protocol structs don't need to be written by anyone and
so can be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 35e015e1f5 ("ipv6: fix net.ipv6.conf.all interface DAD handlers")
was intended to affect accept_dad flag handling in such a way that
DAD operation and mode on a given interface would be selected
according to the maximum value of conf/{all,interface}/accept_dad.
However, addrconf_dad_begin() checks for particular cases in which we
need to skip DAD, and this check was modified in the wrong way.
Namely, it was modified so that, if the accept_dad flag is 0 for the
given interface *or* for all interfaces, DAD would be skipped.
We have instead to skip DAD if accept_dad is 0 for the given interface
*and* for all interfaces.
Fixes: 35e015e1f5 ("ipv6: fix net.ipv6.conf.all interface DAD handlers")
Acked-by: Stefano Brivio <sbrivio@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel
API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new
tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS.
Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, most of the rt6_stats are not hooked up correctly. As the
last part of this patch series, hook up all existing rt6_stats and add
one new stat fib_rt_uncache to indicate the number of routes in the
uncached list.
For details of the stats, please refer to the comments added in
include/net/ip6_fib.h.
Note: fib_rt_alloc and fib_rt_uncache are not guaranteed to be modified
under a lock. So atomic_t is used for them.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With all the preparation work before, we are now ready to replace rwlock
with rcu and spinlock in fib6_table.
That means now all fib6_node in fib6_table are protected by rcu. And
when freeing fib6_node, call_rcu() is used to wait for the rcu grace
period before releasing the memory.
When accessing fib6_node, corresponding rcu APIs need to be used.
And all previous sessions protected by the write lock will now be
protected by the spin lock per table.
All previous sessions protected by read lock will now be protected by
rcu_read_lock().
A couple of things to note here:
1. As part of the work of replacing rwlock with rcu, the linked list of
fn->leaf now has to be rcu protected as well. So both fn->leaf and
rt->dst.rt6_next are now __rcu tagged and corresponding rcu APIs are
used when manipulating them.
2. For fn->rr_ptr, first of all, it also needs to be rcu protected now
and is tagged with __rcu and rcu APIs are used in corresponding places.
Secondly, fn->rr_ptr is changed in rt6_select() which is a reader
thread. This makes the issue a bit complicated. We think a valid
solution for it is to let rt6_select() grab the tb6_lock if it decides
to change it. As it is not in the normal operation and only happens when
there is no valid neighbor cache for the route, we think the performance
impact should be low.
3. fib6_walk_continue() has to be called with tb6_lock held even in the
route dumping related functions, e.g. inet6_dump_fib(),
fib6_tables_dump() and ipv6_route_seq_ops. It is because
fib6_walk_continue() makes modifications to the walker structure, and so
are fib6_repair_tree() and fib6_del_route(). In order to do proper
syncing between them, we need to let fib6_walk_continue() hold the lock.
We may be able to do further improvement on the way we do the tree walk
to get rid of the need for holding the spin lock. But not for now.
4. When fib6_del_route() removes a route from the tree, we no longer
mark rt->dst.rt6_next to NULL to make simultaneous reader be able to
further traverse the list with rcu. However, rt->dst.rt6_next is only
valid within this same rcu period. No one should access it later.
5. All the operation of atomic_inc(rt->rt6i_ref) is changed to be
performed before we publish this route (either by linking it to fn->leaf
or insert it in the list pointed by fn->leaf) just to be safe because as
soon as we publish the route, some read thread will be able to access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rwlock is replaced with rcu and spinlock, fib6_lookup() could
potentially return an intermediate node if other thread is doing
fib6_del() on a route which is the only route on the node so that
fib6_repair_tree() will be called on this node and potentially assigns
fn->leaf to the its child's fn->leaf.
In order to detect this situation in rt6_select(), we have to check if
fn->fn_bit is consistent with the key length stored in the route. And
depending on if the fn is in the subtree or not, the key is either
rt->rt6i_dst or rt->rt6i_src.
If any inconsistency is found, that means the node no longer holds valid
routes in it. So net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry is returned.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If rwlock is replaced with rcu and spinlock, it is possible that the
reader thread will see fn->leaf as NULL in the following scenarios:
1. fib6_add() is in progress and we have already inserted a new node but
not yet inserted the route.
2. fib6_del_route() is in progress and we have already set fn->leaf to
NULL but not yet freed the node because of rcu grace period.
This patch makes sure all the reader threads check fn->leaf first before
using it. And together with later patch to grab rcu_read_lock() and
rcu_dereference() fn->leaf, it makes sure reader threads are safe when
accessing fn->leaf.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_add() logic currently calls fib6_add_1() to figure out what node
should be used for the newly added route and then call
fib6_add_rt2node() to insert the route to the node.
And during the call of fib6_add_1(), fn_sernum is updated for all nodes
that share the same prefix as the new route.
This does not have issue in the current code because reader thread will
not be able to access the tree while writer thread is inserting new
route to it. However, it is not the case once we transition to use RCU.
Reader thread could potentially see the new fn_sernum before the new
route is inserted. As a result, reader thread's route lookup will return
a stale route with the new fn_sernum.
In order to solve this issue, we remove all the update of fn_sernum in
fib6_add_1(), and instead, introduce a new function that updates fn_sernum
for all related nodes and call this functions once the route is
successfully inserted to the tree.
Also, smp_wmb() is used after a route is successfully inserted into the
fib tree and right before the updated of fn->sernum. And smp_rmb() is
used right after fn->sernum is accessed in rt6_get_cookie_safe(). This
is to guarantee that when the reader thread sees the new fn->sernum, the
new route is already inserted in the tree in memory.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With rwlock, it is safe to call dst_hold() in the read thread because
read thread is guaranteed to be separated from write thread.
However, after we replace rwlock with rcu, it is no longer safe to use
dst_hold(). A dst might already have been deleted but is waiting for the
rcu grace period to pass before freeing the memory when a read thread is
trying to do dst_hold(). This could potentially cause double free issue.
So this commit replaces all dst_hold() with dst_hold_safe() in all read
thread to avoid this double free issue.
And in order to make the code more compact, a new function ip6_hold_safe()
is introduced. It calls dst_hold_safe() first, and if that fails, it will
either fall back to hold and return net->ipv6.ip6_null_entry or set rt to
NULL according to the caller's need.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rwlock is replaced with rcu and spinlock, route lookup can happen
simultanously with route deletion.
This patch removes the call to free_percpu(rt->rt6i_pcpu) from
rt6_release() to avoid the race condition between rt6_release() and
rt6_get_pcpu_route(). And as free_percpu(rt->rt6i_pcpu) is already
called in ip6_dst_destroy() after the rcu grace period, it is safe to do
this change.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After rwlock is replaced with rcu and spinlock, ip6_pol_route() will be
called with only rcu held. That means rt6 route deletion could happen
simultaneously with rt6_make_pcpu_rt(). This could potentially cause
memory leak if rt6_release() is called right before rt6_make_pcpu_rt()
on the same route.
This patch grabs rt->rt6i_ref safely before calling rt6_make_pcpu_rt()
to make sure rt6_release() will not get triggered while
rt6_make_pcpu_rt() is in progress. And rt6_release() is called after
rt6_make_pcpu_rt() is finished.
Note: As we are incrementing rt->rt6i_ref in ip6_pol_route(), there is a
very slim chance that fib6_purge_rt() will be triggered unnecessarily
when deleting a route if ip6_pol_route() running on another thread picks
this route as well and tries to make pcpu cache for it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit makes use of the exception hash table implementation to
store dst caches created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect into the hash
table under the rt_info and no longer inserts these routes into fib6
tree.
This makes the fib6 tree only contain static configured routes and could
now be protected by rcu instead of a rw lock.
With this change, in the route lookup related functions, after finding
the rt6_info with the longest prefix, we also need to search for the
exception table before doing backtracking.
In the route delete function, if the route being deleted is not a dst
cache, deletion of this route also need to flush the whole hash table
under it. If it is a dst cache, then only delete the cached dst in the
hash table.
Note: for fib6_walk_continue() function, w->root now is always pointing
to a root node considering that fib6_prune_clones() is removed from the
code. So we add a WARN_ON() msg to make sure w->root always points to a
root node and also removed the update of w->root in fib6_repair_tree().
This is a prerequisite for later patch because we don't need to make
w->root as rcu protected when replacing rwlock with RCU.
Also, we remove all prune related variables as it is no longer used.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib6_locate() is used to find the fib6_node according to the passed in
prefix address key. It currently tries to find the fib6_node with the
exact match of the passed in key. However, when we move cached routes
into the exception table, fib6_locate() will fail to find the fib6_node
for it as the cached routes will be stored in the exception table under
the fib6_node with the longest prefix match of the cache's dst addr key.
This commit adds a new parameter to let the caller specify if it needs
exact match or longest prefix match.
Right now, all callers still does exact match when calling
fib6_locate(). It will be changed in later commit where exception table
is hooked up to store cached routes.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all dst cache entries are stored in the exception table under the
main route, we have to go through them during fib6_age() when doing
garbage collecting.
Introduce a new function rt6_age_exception() which goes through all dst
entries in the exception table and remove those entries that are expired.
This function is called in fib6_age() so that all dst caches are also
garbage collected.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we move all cached dst into the exception table under the main route,
current rt6_clean_tohost() will no longer be able to access them.
This commit makes fib6_clean_tohost() to also go through all cached
routes in exception table and removes cached gateway routes to the
passed in gateway.
This is a preparation in order to move all cached routes into the
exception table.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we move all cached dst into the exception table under the main route,
current rt6_mtu_change() will no longer be able to access them.
This commit makes rt6_mtu_change_route() function to also go through all
cached routes in the exception table under the main route and do proper
updates on the mtu.
This is a preparation in order to move all cached routes into the
exception table.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After we move cached dst entries into the exception table under its
parent route, current fib6_remove_prefsrc() no longer can access them.
This commit makes fib6_remove_prefsrc() also go through all routes
in the exception table to remove the pref src.
This is a preparation patch in order to move all cached dst into the
exception table.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a hash table into struct rt6_info in order to store dst caches
created by pmtu discovery and ip redirect in ipv6 routing code.
APIs to add dst cache, delete dst cache, find dst cache and update
dst cache in the hash table are implemented and will be used in later
commits.
This is a preparation work to move all cache routes into the exception
table instead of getting inserted into the fib6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function takes a route as input and tries to update the sernum in
the fib6_node this route is associated with. It will be used in later
commit when adding a cached route into the exception table under that
route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using a linear list to store all skbs in write queue has been okay
for quite a while : O(N) is not too bad when N < 500.
Things get messy when N is the order of 100,000 : Modern TCP stacks
want 10Gbit+ of throughput even with 200 ms RTT flows.
40 ns per cache line miss means a full scan can use 4 ms,
blowing away CPU caches.
SACK processing often can use various hints to avoid parsing
whole retransmit queue. But with high packet losses and/or high
reordering, hints no longer work.
Sender has to process thousands of unfriendly SACK, accumulating
a huge socket backlog, burning a cpu and massively dropping packets.
Using an rb-tree for retransmit queue has been avoided for years
because it added complexity and overhead, but now is the time
to be more resistant and say no to quadratic behavior.
1) RTX queue is no longer part of the write queue : already sent skbs
are stored in one rb-tree.
2) Since reaching the head of write queue no longer needs
sk->sk_send_head, we added an union of sk_send_head and tcp_rtx_queue
Tested:
On receiver :
netem on ingress : delay 150ms 200us loss 1
GRO disabled to force stress and SACK storms.
for f in `seq 1 10`
do
./netperf -H lpaa6 -l30 -- -K bbr -o THROUGHPUT|tail -1
done | awk '{print $0} {sum += $0} END {printf "%7u\n",sum}'
Before patch :
323.87
351.48
339.59
338.62
306.72
204.07
304.93
291.88
202.47
176.88
2840
After patch:
1700.83
2207.98
2070.17
1544.26
2114.76
2124.89
1693.14
1080.91
2216.82
1299.94
18053
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to recompute previous skb, as it will be a bit more
expensive when rtx queue is converted to RB tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With upcoming rb-tree implementation, the checks will trigger
more often, and this is expected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be a bit more expensive to get the head of rtx queue
once rtx queue is converted to an rb-tree.
We can avoid this extra cost in case tp->lost_skb_hint is set.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the upcoming rtx rbtree will add some extra code,
it is time to not inline this fat function anymore.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Geeralize private netem_rb_to_skb()
TCP rtx queue will soon be converted to rb-tree,
so we will need skb_rbtree_walk() helpers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC net/bluetooth/selftest.o
net/bluetooth/selftest.c: In function ‘bt_selftest_init’:
net/bluetooth/selftest.c:246:3: warning: ‘duration’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
snprintf(test_ecdh_buffer, sizeof(test_ecdh_buffer),
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"PASS (%llu usecs)\n", duration);
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
net/bluetooth/selftest.c:203:21: note: ‘duration’ was declared here
unsigned long long duration;
^~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
That Bluetooth SMP knows about the private key is pointless, since the
detection of debug key usage is actually via the public key portion.
With this patch, the Bluetooth SMP will stop keeping a copy of the
ecdh private key and will let the crypto subsystem to generate and
handle the ecdh private key, potentially benefiting of hardware
ecc private key generation and retention.
The loop that tries to generate a correct private key is now removed and
we trust the crypto subsystem to generate a correct private key. This
backup logic should be done in crypto, if really needed.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
tmp buffer contains the swapped private key. In case the setkey call
failed, the tmp buffer was freed without clearing the private key.
Zeroize the temporary buffer so we don't leak the private key.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ecdh_helper functions were hiding the error codes and chose to return
the return value of an relational operator, "==". Remove the unnecessary
query and reveal the error codes.
While updating the return values, code in a way that compilers will
warn in case of uninitialized err.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Before this change, a new crypto tfm was allocated, each time,
for both key generation and shared secret computation.
Allocate a single tfm for both cases.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- Cleanup patches to make checkpatch happy, by Sven Eckelmann (3 patches)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=7hcv
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batadv-next-for-davem-20171006' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Simon Wunderlich says:
====================
This cleanup patchset includes the following patches:
- bump version strings, by Simon Wunderlich
- Cleanup patches to make checkpatch happy, by Sven Eckelmann (3 patches)
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit cc71b7b071 ("net/ipv6: remove unused err variable on
icmpv6_push_pending_frames") exposed icmpv6_push_pending_frames
return value not being used.
Remove now unnecessary int err declarations and uses.
Miscellanea:
o Remove unnecessary goto and out: labels
o Realign arguments
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
syzkaller reports an out of bound read in strlcpy(), triggered
by xt_copy_counters_from_user()
Fix this by using memcpy(), then forcing a zero byte at the last position
of the destination, as Florian did for the non COMPAT code.
Fixes: d7591f0c41 ("netfilter: x_tables: introduce and use xt_copy_counters_from_user")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Chain counters are only enabled on demand since 9f08ea8481, skip them
when dumping them via netlink.
Fixes: 9f08ea8481 ("netfilter: nf_tables: keep chain counters away from hot path")
Reported-by: Johny Mattsson <johny.mattsson+kernel@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Johny Mattsson <johny.mattsson+kernel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
In preparation for unconditionally passing the struct timer_list pointer to
all timer callbacks, switch to using the new timer_setup() and from_timer()
to pass the timer pointer explicitly. This requires adding a pointer back
to the sta_info since container_of() can't resolve the sta_info.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merging this brings in the timer_setup() change, which allows
me to apply Kees's mac80211 changes for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
int err is unused by icmpv6_push_pending_frames(), this patch returns removes the variable and returns the function with 0.
git bisect shows this variable has been around since linux has been in git in commit 1da177e4c3.
This was found by running make coccicheck M=net/ipv6/ on linus' tree on commit 77ede3a014 (current HEAD as of this patch).
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storing the left length of skb into 'len' actually has no effect
so we can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Lin Zhang <xiaolou4617@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the RACK loop to improve readability and speed up the checks.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new time-ordered list to speed up RACK. The detection
logic is identical. But since the list is chronologically ordered
by skb_mstamp and contains only skbs not yet acked or sacked,
RACK can abort the loop upon hitting skbs that were sent more
recently. On YouTube servers this patch reduces the iterations on
write queue by 40x. The improvement is even bigger with large
BDP networks.
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new queue (list) that tracks the sent but not yet
acked or SACKed skbs for a TCP connection. The list is chronologically
ordered by skb->skb_mstamp (the head is the oldest sent skb).
This list will be used to optimize TCP Rack recovery, which checks
an skb's timestamp to judge if it has been lost and needs to be
retransmitted. Since TCP write queue is ordered by sequence instead
of sent time, RACK has to scan over the write queue to catch all
eligible packets to detect lost retransmission, and iterates through
SACKed skbs repeatedly.
Special cares for rare events:
1. TCP repair fakes skb transmission so the send queue needs adjusted
2. SACK reneging would require re-inserting SACKed skbs into the
send queue. For now I believe it's not worth the complexity to
make RACK work perfectly on SACK reneging, so we do nothing here.
3. Fast Open: currently for non-TFO, send-queue correctly queues
the pure SYN packet. For TFO which queues a pure SYN and
then a data packet, send-queue only queues the data packet but
not the pure SYN due to the structure of TFO code. This is okay
because the SYN receiver would never respond with a SACK on a
missing SYN (i.e. SYN is never fast-retransmitted by SACK/RACK).
In order to not grow sk_buff, we use an union for the new list and
_skb_refdst/destructor fields. This is a bit complicated because
we need to make sure _skb_refdst and destructor are properly zeroed
before skb is cloned/copied at transmit, and before being freed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use max_1m_mrs/max_8k_mrs while setting max_items, as the former
variables are set based on the underlying device attributes.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Repaka <avinash.repaka@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the scope of has_fr and has_fmr variables as they are
needed only in rds_ib_add_one().
Signed-off-by: Avinash Repaka <avinash.repaka@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
int rc is unmodified after initalization in net/ipv4/route.c, this patch simply cleans up that variable and returns 0.
This was found with coccicheck M=net/ipv4/ on linus' tree.
Signed-off-by: Tim Hansen <devtimhansen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit does a cleanup and moves tcp_rearm_rto() call in the TFO
server case into a previous spot in tcp_rcv_state_process() to make
it more compact.
This is only a cosmetic change.
Suggested-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently in the TCP code, the initialization sequence for cached
metrics, congestion control, BPF, etc, after successful connection
is very inconsistent. This introduces inconsistent bevhavior and is
prone to bugs. The current call sequence is as follows:
(1) for active case (tcp_finish_connect() case):
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
(2) for passive case (tcp_rcv_state_process() TCP_SYN_RECV case):
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
(3) for TFO passive case (tcp_fastopen_create_child()):
inet_csk(child)->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(child);
tcp_init_congestion_control(child);
tcp_mtup_init(child);
tcp_init_metrics(child);
tcp_call_bpf(child, BPF_SOCK_OPS_PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_buffer_space(child);
This commit uniforms the above functions to have the following sequence:
tcp_mtup_init(sk);
icsk->icsk_af_ops->rebuild_header(sk);
tcp_init_metrics(sk);
tcp_call_bpf(sk, BPF_SOCK_OPS_ACTIVE/PASSIVE_ESTABLISHED_CB);
tcp_init_congestion_control(sk);
tcp_init_buffer_space(sk);
This sequence is the same as the (1) active case. We pick this sequence
because this order correctly allows BPF to override the settings
including congestion control module and initial cwnd, etc from
the route, and then allows the CC module to see those settings.
Suggested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Wang <weiwan@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the sock_diag interface for querying sockets from
userspace. Tools like ss(8) and netstat(8) can use this interface to
list open sockets.
The userspace ABI is defined in <linux/vm_sockets_diag.h> and includes
netlink request and response structs. The request can query sockets
based on their sk_state (e.g. listening sockets only) and the response
contains socket information fields including the local/remote addresses,
inode number, etc.
This patch does not dump VMCI pending sockets because I have only tested
the virtio transport, which does not use pending sockets. Support can
be added later by extending vsock_diag_dump() if needed by VMCI users.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two state fields: socket->state and sock->sk_state. The
socket->state field uses SS_UNCONNECTED, SS_CONNECTED, etc while the
sock->sk_state typically uses values that match TCP state constants
(TCP_CLOSE, TCP_ESTABLISHED). AF_VSOCK does not follow this convention
and instead uses SS_* constants for both fields.
The sk_state field will be exposed to userspace through the vsock_diag
interface for ss(8), netstat(8), and other programs.
This patch switches sk_state to TCP state constants so that the meaning
of this field is consistent with other address families. Not just
AF_INET and AF_INET6 use the TCP constants, AF_UNIX and others do too.
The following mapping was used to convert the code:
SS_FREE -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_UNCONNECTED -> TCP_CLOSE
SS_CONNECTING -> TCP_SYN_SENT
SS_CONNECTED -> TCP_ESTABLISHED
SS_DISCONNECTING -> TCP_CLOSING
VSOCK_SS_LISTEN -> TCP_LISTEN
In __vsock_create() the sk_state initialization was dropped because
sock_init_data() already initializes sk_state to TCP_CLOSE.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vsock_diag.ko module will need to check socket table membership.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The socket table symbols need to be exported from vsock.ko so that the
vsock_diag.ko module will be able to traverse sockets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Check iwlwifi 9000 reorder buffer out-of-space condition properly,
from Sara Sharon.
2) Fix RCU splat in qualcomm rmnet driver, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
3) Fix session and tunnel release races in l2tp, from Guillaume Nault
and Sabrina Dubroca.
4) Fix endian bug in sctp_diag_dump(), from Dan Carpenter.
5) Several mlx5 driver fixes from the Mellanox folks (max flow counters
cap check, invalid memory access in IPoIB support, etc.)
6) tun_get_user() should bail if skb->len is zero, from Alexander
Potapenko.
7) Fix RCU lookups in inetpeer, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Fix locking in packet_do_bund().
9) Handle cb->start() error properly in netlink dump code, from Jason
A. Donenfeld.
10) Handle multicast properly in UDP socket early demux code. From Paolo
Abeni.
11) Several erspan bug fixes in ip_gre, from Xin Long.
12) Fix use-after-free in socket filter code, in order to handle the
fact that listener lock is no longer taken during the three-way TCP
handshake. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Fix infoleak in RTM_GETSTATS, from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
14) Fix tail call generation in x86-64 BPF JIT, from Alexei Starovoitov.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (77 commits)
net: 8021q: skip packets if the vlan is down
bpf: fix bpf_tail_call() x64 JIT
net: stmmac: dwmac-rk: Add RK3128 GMAC support
rndis_host: support Novatel Verizon USB730L
net: rtnetlink: fix info leak in RTM_GETSTATS call
socket, bpf: fix possible use after free
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Track RIF of IPIP next hops
mlxsw: spectrum_router: Move VRF refcounting
net: hns3: Fix an error handling path in 'hclge_rss_init_hw()'
net: mvpp2: Fix clock resource by adding an optional bus clock
r8152: add Linksys USB3GIGV1 id
l2tp: fix l2tp_eth module loading
ip_gre: erspan device should keep dst
ip_gre: set tunnel hlen properly in erspan_tunnel_init
ip_gre: check packet length and mtu correctly in erspan_xmit
ip_gre: get key from session_id correctly in erspan_rcv
tipc: use only positive error codes in messages
ppp: fix __percpu annotation
udp: perform source validation for mcast early demux
IPv4: early demux can return an error code
...
Pass extack arg to br_add_if. Add messages for a couple of failures
and pass arg to netdev_master_upper_dev_link.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extack arg to netdev_upper_dev_link and netdev_master_upper_dev_link
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass extack to do_set_master and down to ndo_add_slave
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink_ext_ack to netdev_notifier_info to allow notifier
handlers to return errors to userspace.
Clean up the initialization in dev.c such that extack is easily
added in subsequent patches where relevant. Specifically, remove
the init call in call_netdevice_notifiers_info and have callers
initalize on stack when info is declared.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the vlan is down, free the packet instead of proceeding with other
processing, or counting it as received. If vlan interfaces are used
as slaves for bonding, with arp monitoring for connectivity, if the rx
counter is seen to be incrementing, then the bond device will not
observe that the interface is down.
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Vishakha Narvekar <Vishakha.Narvekar@dell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
x-netns interfaces are bound to two netns: the link netns and the upper
netns. Usually, this kind of interfaces is created in the link netns and
then moved to the upper netns. At the end, the interface is visible only
in the upper netns. The link nsid is advertised via netlink in the upper
netns, thus the user always knows where is the link part.
There is no such mechanism in the link netns. When the interface is moved
to another netns, the user cannot "follow" it.
This patch adds a new netlink attribute which helps to follow an interface
which moves to another netns. When the interface is unregistered, the new
nsid is advertised. If the interface is a x-netns interface (ie
rtnl_link_ops->get_link_net is defined), the nsid is allocated if needed.
CC: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Compiler does not really know that skb_shinfo(to|from) are constants
in skb_try_coalesce(), lets cache their values to shrink code.
We might even take care of skb_zcopy() calls later.
$ size net/core/skbuff.o.before net/core/skbuff.o
text data bss dec hex filename
40727 1298 0 42025 a429 net/core/skbuff.o.before
40631 1298 0 41929 a3c9 net/core/skbuff.o
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
no users in the tree.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/dev.c:1306: warning: No description found for parameter 'name'
net/core/dev.c:1306: warning: Excess function parameter 'alias' description in 'dev_get_alias'
Fixes: 6c5570016b ("net: core: decouple ifalias get/set from rtnl lock")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The prefixlen maps used here are identical, and have been since
introduction. It seems to make sense to use a single large map,
that the preprocessor will fill appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Conole <aconole@bytheb.org>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Simplify function returns by merging assignment and return into one
command line.
Signed-off-by: simran singhal <singhalsimran0@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Define a policy for packet pattern attributes in order to fix a
potential read over the end of the buffer during nla_get_u32()
of the NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET attribute.
Note that the data there can always be read due to SKB allocation
(with alignment and struct skb_shared_info at the end), but the
data might be uninitialized. This could be used to leak some data
from uninitialized vmalloc() memory, but most drivers don't allow
an offset (so you'd just get -EINVAL if the data is non-zero) or
just allow it with a fixed value - 100 or 128 bytes, so anything
above that would get -EINVAL. With brcmfmac the limit is 1500 so
(at least) one byte could be obtained.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Peng Xu <pxu@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite description based on SKB allocation knowledge]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.2 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_RR).
Works by maintaining a list of enqueued streams and tracking the last
one used to send data. When the datamsg is done, it switches to the next
stream.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces RFC Draft ndata section 3.4 Priority Based
Scheduler (SCTP_SS_PRIO).
It works by having a struct sctp_stream_priority for each priority
configured. This struct is then enlisted on a queue ordered per priority
if, and only if, there is a stream with data queued, so that dequeueing
is very straightforward: either finish current datamsg or simply dequeue
from the highest priority queued, which is the next stream pointed, and
that's it.
If there are multiple streams assigned with the same priority and with
data queued, it will do round robin amongst them while respecting
datamsgs boundaries (when not using idata chunks), to be reasonably
fair.
We intentionally don't maintain a list of priorities nor a list of all
streams with the same priority to save memory. The first would mean at
least 2 other pointers per priority (which, for 1000 priorities, that
can mean 16kB) and the second would also mean 2 other pointers but per
stream. As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams on a given asoc, that's
1MB. This impacts when giving a priority to some stream, as we have to
find out if the new priority is already being used and if we can free
the old one, and also when tearing down.
The new fields in struct sctp_stream_out_ext and sctp_stream are added
under a union because that memory is to be shared with other schedulers.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As defined per RFC Draft ndata Section 4.3.3, named as
SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER_VALUE.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As defined per RFC Draft ndata Section 4.3.2, named as
SCTP_STREAM_SCHEDULER.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the hooks necessary to do stream scheduling, as
per RFC Draft ndata. It also introduces the first scheduler, which is
what we do today but now factored out: first come first served (FCFS).
With stream scheduling now we have to track which chunk was enqueued on
which stream and be able to select another other than the in front of
the main outqueue. So we introduce a list on sctp_stream_out_ext
structure for this purpose.
We reuse sctp_chunk->transmitted_list space for the list above, as the
chunk cannot belong to the two lists at the same time. By using the
union in there, we can have distinct names for these moments.
sctp_sched_ops are the operations expected to be implemented by each
scheduler. The dequeueing is a bit particular to this implementation but
it is to match how we dequeue packets today. We first dequeue and then
check if it fits the packet and if not, we requeue it at head. Thus why
we don't have a peek operation but have dequeue_done instead, which is
called once the chunk can be safely considered as transmitted.
The check removed from sctp_outq_flush is now performed by
sctp_stream_outq_migrate, which is only called during assoc setup.
(sctp_sendmsg() also checks for it)
The only operation that is foreseen but not yet added here is a way to
signalize that a new packet is starting or that the packet is done, for
round robin scheduler per packet, but is intentionally left to the
patch that actually implements it.
Support for I-DATA chunks, also described in this RFC, with user message
interleaving is straightforward as it just requires the schedulers to
probe for the feature and ignore datamsg boundaries when dequeueing.
See-also: https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctp-ndata-13
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the stream schedulers, sctp_stream_out will become too big to be
allocated by kmalloc and as we need to allocate with BH disabled, we
cannot use __vmalloc in sctp_stream_init().
This patch moves out the stats from sctp_stream_out to
sctp_stream_out_ext, which will be allocated only when the application
tries to sendmsg something on it.
Just the introduction of sctp_stream_out_ext would already fix the issue
described above by splitting the allocation in two. Moving the stats
to it also reduces the pressure on the allocator as we will ask for less
memory atomically when creating the socket and we will use GFP_KERNEL
later.
Then, for stream schedulers, we will just use sctp_stream_out_ext.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is 1 place allocating it and another reallocating. Move such
procedures to a common function.
v2: updated changelog
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is 1 place allocating it and 2 other reallocating. Move such
procedures to a common function.
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As SCTP supports up to 65535 streams, that can lead to very large
allocations in sctp_stream_init(). As Xin Long noticed, systems with
small amounts of memory are more prone to not have enough memory and
dump warnings on dmesg initiated by user actions. Thus, silence them.
Also, if the reallocation of stream->out is not necessary, skip it and
keep the memory we already have.
Reported-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device alias can be set by either rtnetlink (rtnl is held) or sysfs.
rtnetlink hold the rtnl mutex, sysfs acquires it for this purpose.
Add an extra mutex for it and use rcu to protect concurrent accesses.
This allows the sysfs path to not take rtnl and would later allow
to not hold it when dumping ifalias.
Based on suggestion from Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When RTM_GETSTATS was added the fields of its header struct were not all
initialized when returning the result thus leaking 4 bytes of information
to user-space per rtnl_fill_statsinfo call, so initialize them now. Thanks
to Alexander Potapenko for the detailed report and bisection.
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Fixes: 10c9ead9f3 ("rtnetlink: add new RTM_GETSTATS message to dump link stats")
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the ipmr module to not forward packets if:
- The packet is marked with the offload_mr_fwd_mark, and
- Both input interface and output interface share the same parent ID.
This way, a packet can go through partial multicast forwarding in the
hardware, where it will be forwarded only to the devices that share the
same parent ID (AKA, reside inside the same hardware). The kernel will
forward the packet to all other interfaces.
To do this, add the ipmr_offload_forward helper, which per skb, ingress VIF
and egress VIF, returns whether the forwarding was offloaded to hardware.
The ipmr_queue_xmit frees the skb and does not forward it if the result is
a true value.
All the forwarding path code compiles out when the CONFIG_NET_SWITCHDEV is
not set.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow the ipmr module to do partial multicast forwarding
according to the device parent ID, add the device parent ID field to the
VIF struct. This way, the forwarding path can use the parent ID field
without invoking switchdev calls, which requires the RTNL lock.
When a new VIF is added, set the device parent ID field in it by invoking
the switchdev_port_attr_get call.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free memory region, if nf_tables_set_alloc_name is not successful.
Fixes: 387454901b ("netfilter: nf_tables: Allow set names of up to 255 chars")
Signed-off-by: Arvind Yadav <arvind.yadav.cs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Starting from linux-4.4, 3WHS no longer takes the listener lock.
Since this time, we might hit a use-after-free in sk_filter_charge(),
if the filter we got in the memcpy() of the listener content
just happened to be replaced by a thread changing listener BPF filter.
To fix this, we need to make sure the filter refcount is not already
zero before incrementing it again.
Fixes: e994b2f0fb ("tcp: do not lock listener to process SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move dissection of tunnel info from the flower classifier to the flow
dissector where all other dissection occurs. This should not have any
behavioural affect on other users of the flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event that indicates that a connection is authorized
(i.e. the 4 way handshake was performed by the driver). This event
should be sent by the driver after sending a connect/roamed event.
This is useful for networks that require 802.1X authentication.
In cases that the driver supports 4 way handshake offload, but the
802.1X authentication is managed by user space, the driver needs to
inform user space right after the 802.11 association was completed
so user space can initialize its 802.1X state machine etc.
However, it is also possible that the AP will choose to skip the
802.1X authentication (e.g. when PMKSA caching is used) and proceed
with the 4 way handshake immediately. In this case the driver needs
to inform user space that 802.1X authentication is no longer required
(e.g. to prevent user space from disconnecting since it did not get
any EAPOLs from the AP).
This is also useful for roaming, in which case it is possible that
the driver used the Fast Transition protocol so 802.1X is not
required.
Since there will now be a dedicated notification indicating that the
connection is authorized, the authorized flag can be removed from the
roamed event. Drivers can send the new port authorized event right
after sending the roamed event to indicate the new AP is already
authorized. This therefore reserves the old PORT_AUTHORIZED attribute.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Section 11.23.1 of 80211-2016 specification allows TDLS peers
to operate on wider bandwidths though they are connected to a BSS
which do not support wider bandwidth operations, provided both the
peers advertise wider bandwidth capabilities.
The existing logic considers the minimum of station's and AP's
capability for bandwidth computation. The same logic applies for
TDLS peers as well, this restricts operating on wider bandwidths
over a TDLS link when the peers are connected to legacy APs.
As an example, if 80Mhz VHT capable peers are connected to a 20Mhz
5 GHz AP, then as per the existing logic TDLS operation will be
restricted to 20Mhz.
Address this problem by not considering BSS capability in bandwidth
computation if the participating TDLS peers have wider bandwidth
capability.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <mpubbise@qti.qualcomm.com>
[lots of wording/typo fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The l2tp_eth module crashes if its netlink callbacks are run when the
pernet data aren't initialised.
We should normally register_pernet_device() before the genl callbacks.
However, the pernet data only maintain a list of l2tpeth interfaces,
and this list is never used. So let's just drop pernet handling
instead.
Fixes: d9e31d17ce ("l2tp: Add L2TP ethernet pseudowire support")
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch 'ip_gre: ipgre_tap device should keep dst' fixed
the issue ipgre_tap dev mtu couldn't be updated in tx path.
The same fix is needed for erspan as well.
Fixes: 84e54fe0a5 ("gre: introduce native tunnel support for ERSPAN")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to __gre_tunnel_init, tunnel->hlen should be set as the
headers' length between inner packet and outer iphdr.
It would be used especially to calculate a proper mtu when updating
mtu in tnl_update_pmtu. Now without setting it, a bigger mtu value
than expected would be updated, which hurts performance a lot.
This patch is to fix it by setting tunnel->hlen with:
tunnel->tun_hlen + tunnel->encap_hlen + sizeof(struct erspanhdr)
Fixes: 84e54fe0a5 ("gre: introduce native tunnel support for ERSPAN")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a ARPHRD_ETHER device, skb->len in erspan_xmit is the length
of the whole ether packet. So before checking if a packet size
exceeds the mtu, skb->len should subtract dev->hard_header_len.
Otherwise, all packets with max size according to mtu would be
trimmed to be truncated packet.
Fixes: 84e54fe0a5 ("gre: introduce native tunnel support for ERSPAN")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
erspan only uses the first 10 bits of session_id as the key to look
up the tunnel. But in erspan_rcv, it missed 'session_id & ID_MASK'
when getting the key from session_id.
If any other flag is also set in session_id in a packet, it would
fail to find the tunnel due to incorrect key in erspan_rcv.
This patch is to add 'session_id & ID_MASK' there and also remove
the unnecessary variable session_id.
Fixes: 84e54fe0a5 ("gre: introduce native tunnel support for ERSPAN")
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different time period in
second to disable Fastopen on active TCP sockets.
Tested:
Simulate following similar situation that the server's data gets dropped
after 3WHS.
C ---- syn-data ---> S
C <--- syn/ack ----- S
C ---- ack --------> S
S (accept & write)
C? X <- data ------ S
[retry and timeout]
And then print netstat of TCPFastOpenBlackhole, the counter increased as
expected when the firewall blackhole issue is detected and active TFO is
disabled.
# cat /proc/net/netstat | awk '{print $91}'
TCPFastOpenBlackhole
1
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require different tcp_fastopen_key
independently of the host.
David Miller pointed out there is a leak without releasing the context
of tcp_fastopen_key during netns teardown. So add the release action in
exit_batch path.
Tested:
1. Container namespace:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
2817fff2-f803cf97-eadfd1f3-78c0992b
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: 1e5dd82a8c492ca9
2. Host:
# cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_fastopen_key:
107d7c5f-68eb2ac7-02fb06e6-ed341702
cookie key in tcp syn packets:
Fast Open Cookie
Kind: TCP Fast Open Cookie (34)
Length: 10
Fast Open Cookie: e213c02bf0afbc8a
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'publish' logic is not necessary after commit dfea2aa654 ("tcp:
Do not call tcp_fastopen_reset_cipher from interrupt context"), because
in tcp_fastopen_cookie_gen，it wouldn't call tcp_fastopen_init_key_once.
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different namespace application might require enable TCP Fast Open
feature independently of the host.
This patch series continues making more of the TCP Fast Open related
sysctl knobs be per net-namespace.
Reported-by: Luca BRUNO <lucab@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Haishuang Yan <yanhaishuang@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock is being initialized and then being almost immediately updated
hence the initialized value is not being used and is redundant. Remove
the initialization. Cleans up clang warning:
warning: Value stored to 'sock' during its initialization is never read
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep
the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With DSA, a master net device (CPU facing interface) has a dsa_ptr
pointer to which hangs a dsa_switch_tree. This is not correct because a
master interface is wired to a dedicated switch port, and because we can
theoretically have several master interfaces pointing to several CPU
ports of the same switch fabric.
Change the master interface's dsa_ptr for the CPU dsa_port pointer.
This is a step towards supporting multiple CPU ports.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding
CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the
dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path.
Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order
to ensure they are available in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port,
thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure.
>From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging
operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports.
Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that
we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resolving the DSA tagging protocol used by a CPU switch, use a
temporary "tag_ops" variable to store the dsa_device_ops instead of
using directly dst->tag_ops. This will make the future patches moving
this pointer around easier to read.
There is no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make it clear that the master device is linked to a CPU port by using
"cpu_dp" for the dsa_port variable in master.c instead of "port", then
use a "port" variable to describe the port index, as usually seen in
other places of DSA core.
This will make the future patch touching dsa_ptr more readable. There is
no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA tagging code does not need to know about the DSA architecture,
it only needs to return the slave device corresponding to the source
port index (and eventually the source device index for cascade-capable
switches) parsed from the frame received on the master device.
For this purpose, provide an inline dsa_master_get_slave helper which
validates the device and port indexes and look up the slave device.
This makes the tagging rcv functions more concise and robust, and also
makes dsa_get_cpu_port obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assignment of -EINVAL to variable ret is redundant as it
is being overwritten on the following error exit paths or
to the return value from the following call to basic_set_parms.
Fix this up by removing it. Cleans up clang warning message:
net/sched/cls_basic.c:185:2: warning: Value stored to 'err' is never read
Fixes: 1d8134fea2 ("net_sched: use idr to allocate basic filter handles")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function ipmr_notifier_init is local to the source and does
not need to be in global scope, so make it static.
Cleans up sparse warning:
warning: symbol 'ipmr_notifier_init' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit e3a77561e7 ("tipc: split up function tipc_msg_eval()"),
we have updated the function tipc_msg_lookup_dest() to set the error
codes to negative values at destination lookup failures. Thus when
the function sets the error code to -TIPC_ERR_NO_NAME, its inserted
into the 4 bit error field of the message header as 0xf instead of
TIPC_ERR_NO_NAME (1). The value 0xf is an unknown error code.
In this commit, we set only positive error code.
Fixes: e3a77561e7 ("tipc: split up function tipc_msg_eval()")
Signed-off-by: Parthasarathy Bhuvaragan <parthasarathy.bhuvaragan@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP early demux can leverate the rx dst cache even for
multicast unconnected sockets.
In such scenario the ipv4 source address is validated only on
the first packet in the given flow. After that, when we fetch
the dst entry from the socket rx cache, we stop enforcing
the rp_filter and we even start accepting any kind of martian
addresses.
Disabling the dst cache for unconnected multicast socket will
cause large performace regression, nearly reducing by half the
max ingress tput.
Instead we factor out a route helper to completely validate an
skb source address for multicast packets and we call it from
the UDP early demux for mcast packets landing on unconnected
sockets, after successful fetching the related cached dst entry.
This still gives a measurable, but limited performance
regression:
rp_filter = 0 rp_filter = 1
edmux disabled: 1182 Kpps 1127 Kpps
edmux before: 2238 Kpps 2238 Kpps
edmux after: 2037 Kpps 2019 Kpps
The above figures are on top of current net tree.
Applying the net-next commit 6e617de84e ("net: avoid a full
fib lookup when rp_filter is disabled.") the delta with
rp_filter == 0 will decrease even more.
Fixes: 421b3885bf ("udp: ipv4: Add udp early demux")
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently no error is emitted, but this infrastructure will
used by the next patch to allow source address validation
for mcast sockets.
Since early demux can do a route lookup and an ipv4 route
lookup can return an error code this is consistent with the
current ipv4 route infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now when updating mtu in tx path, it doesn't consider ARPHRD_ETHER tunnel
device, like ip6gre_tap tunnel, for which it should also subtract ether
header to get the correct mtu.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch 'ip_gre: ipgre_tap device should keep dst' fixed
a issue that ipgre_tap mtu couldn't be updated in tx path.
The same fix is needed for ip6gre_tap as well.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without keeping dst, the tunnel will not update any mtu/pmtu info,
since it does not have a dst on the skb.
Reproducer:
client(ipgre_tap1 - eth1) <-----> (eth1 - ipgre_tap1)server
After reducing eth1's mtu on client, then perforamnce became 0.
This patch is to netif_keep_dst in gre_tap_init, as ipgre does.
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that use the start method for netlink dumping rely on dumpit not
being called if start fails. For example, ila_xlat.c allocates memory
and assigns it to cb->args[0] in its start() function. It might fail to
do that and return -ENOMEM instead. However, even when returning an
error, dumpit will be called, which, in the example above, quickly
dereferences the memory in cb->args[0], which will OOPS the kernel. This
is but one example of how this goes wrong.
Since start() has always been a function with an int return type, it
therefore makes sense to use it properly, rather than ignoring it. This
patch thus returns early and does not call dumpit() when start() fails.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checkpatch started to report unnamed arguments in function pointer
definitions. Add the corresponding names to these definitions to avoid this
warning.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
So far we've been relying on sockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND) being usable
even on IPv6 sockets.
However, it turns out it is perfectly reasonable to want to set freebind
on an AF_INET6 SOCK_RAW socket - but there is no way to set any SOL_IP
socket option on such a socket (they're all blindly errored out).
One use case for this is to allow spoofing src ip on a raw socket
via sendmsg cmsg.
Tested:
built, and booted
# python
>>> import socket
>>> SOL_IP = socket.SOL_IP
>>> SOL_IPV6 = socket.IPPROTO_IPV6
>>> IP_FREEBIND = 15
>>> IPV6_FREEBIND = 78
>>> s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET6, socket.SOCK_DGRAM, 0)
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND)
0
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND)
0
>>> s.setsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND, 1)
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IP, IP_FREEBIND)
1
>>> s.getsockopt(SOL_IPV6, IPV6_FREEBIND)
1
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NS for DAD are sent on admin up as long as a valid qdisc is found.
A race condition exists by which these packets will not egress the
interface if the operational state of the lower device is not yet up.
The solution is to delay DAD until the link is operationally up
according to RFC2863. Rather than only doing this, follow the existing
code checks by deferring IPv6 device initialization altogether. The fix
allows DAD on devices like tunnels that are controlled by userspace
control plane. The fix has no impact on regular deployments, but means
that there is no IPv6 connectivity until the port has been opened in
the case of port-based network access control, which should be
desirable.
Signed-off-by: Mike Manning <mmanning@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible for ebt_in_hook to be triggered before ebt_table is assigned
resulting in a NULL-pointer dereference. Make sure hooks are
registered as the last step.
Fixes: aee12a0a37 ("ebtables: remove nf_hook_register usage")
Signed-off-by: Artem Savkov <asavkov@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Fix a race between ip_set_dump_start() and ip_set_swap().
The race is as follows:
* Without holding the ref lock, ip_set_swap() checks ref_netlink of the
set and it is 0.
* ip_set_dump_start() takes a reference on the set.
* ip_set_swap() does the swap (even though it now has a non-zero
reference count).
* ip_set_dump_start() gets the set from ip_set_list again which is now a
different set since it has been swapped.
* ip_set_dump_start() calls __ip_set_put_netlink() and hits a BUG_ON due
to the reference count being 0.
Fix this race by extending the critical region in which the ref lock is
held to include checking the ref counts.
The race can be reproduced with the following script:
while :; do
ipset destroy hash_ip1
ipset destroy hash_ip2
ipset create hash_ip1 hash:ip family inet hashsize 1024 \
maxelem 500000
ipset create hash_ip2 hash:ip family inet hashsize 300000 \
maxelem 500000
ipset create hash_ip3 hash:ip family inet hashsize 1024 \
maxelem 500000
ipset save &
ipset swap hash_ip3 hash_ip2
ipset destroy hash_ip3
wait
done
Signed-off-by: Ross Lagerwall <ross.lagerwall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
fib_check_nh does not use the fib_info arg; remove t.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_weight in fib_info is set but not used. Remove it and the
helpers for setting it.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the commit 76174004a0 (tcp: do not slow start when cwnd equals
ssthresh), the comparison to the reduced cwnd in tcp_vegas_ssthresh() would
under-evaluate the ssthresh.
Signed-off-by: Hoang Tran <hoang.tran@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to be able to transparently forward most link-local frames via
tunnels (e.g. vxlan, qinq). Currently the bridge's group_fwd_mask has a
mask which restricts the forwarding of STP and LACP, but we need to be able
to forward these over tunnels and control that forwarding on a per-port
basis thus add a new per-port group_fwd_mask option which only disallows
mac pause frames to be forwarded (they're always dropped anyway).
The patch does not change the current default situation - all of the others
are still restricted unless configured for forwarding.
We have successfully tested this patch with LACP and STP forwarding over
VxLAN and qinq tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit dbbccdc4ce.
It turns out that the "legacy" users aren't so legacy at all, and that
turning off the legacy ioctl will break the current Qt bluetooth stack
for bluetooth LE devices that were released just a couple of months ago.
So it's simply not true that this was a legacy interface that hasn't
been needed and is only limited to old legacy BT devices. Because I
actually read Kconfig help messages, and actively try to turn off
features that I don't need, I turned the option off.
Then I spent _way_ too much time debugging BLE issues until I realized
that it wasn't the Qt and subsurface development that had broken one of
my dive computer BLE downloads, but simply my broken kernel config.
Maybe in a decade it will be true that this is a legacy interface. And
maybe with a better help-text and correct dependencies, this kind of
legacy removal might be acceptable. But as things are right now both
the commit message and the Kconfig help text were misleading, and the
Kconfig option had the wrong dependenencies.
There's no reason to keep that broken Kconfig option in the tree.
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
sk->sk_prot and sk->sk_prot_creator can differ when the app uses
IPV6_ADDRFORM (transforming an IPv6-socket to an IPv4-one).
Which is why sk_prot_creator is there to make sure that sk_prot_free()
does the kmem_cache_free() on the right kmem_cache slab.
Now, if such a socket gets transformed back to a listening socket (using
connect() with AF_UNSPEC) we will allocate an IPv4 tcp_sock through
sk_clone_lock() when a new connection comes in. But sk_prot_creator will
still point to the IPv6 kmem_cache (as everything got copied in
sk_clone_lock()). When freeing, we will thus put this
memory back into the IPv6 kmem_cache although it was allocated in the
IPv4 cache. I have seen memory corruption happening because of this.
With slub-debugging and MEMCG_KMEM enabled this gives the warning
"cache_from_obj: Wrong slab cache. TCPv6 but object is from TCP"
A C-program to trigger this:
void main(void)
{
int fd = socket(AF_INET6, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
int new_fd, newest_fd, client_fd;
struct sockaddr_in6 bind_addr;
struct sockaddr_in bind_addr4, client_addr1, client_addr2;
struct sockaddr unsp;
int val;
memset(&bind_addr, 0, sizeof(bind_addr));
bind_addr.sin6_family = AF_INET6;
bind_addr.sin6_port = ntohs(42424);
memset(&client_addr1, 0, sizeof(client_addr1));
client_addr1.sin_family = AF_INET;
client_addr1.sin_port = ntohs(42424);
client_addr1.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr("127.0.0.1");
memset(&client_addr2, 0, sizeof(client_addr2));
client_addr2.sin_family = AF_INET;
client_addr2.sin_port = ntohs(42421);
client_addr2.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr("127.0.0.1");
memset(&unsp, 0, sizeof(unsp));
unsp.sa_family = AF_UNSPEC;
bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&bind_addr, sizeof(bind_addr));
listen(fd, 5);
client_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
connect(client_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&client_addr1, sizeof(client_addr1));
new_fd = accept(fd, NULL, NULL);
close(fd);
val = AF_INET;
setsockopt(new_fd, SOL_IPV6, IPV6_ADDRFORM, &val, sizeof(val));
connect(new_fd, &unsp, sizeof(unsp));
memset(&bind_addr4, 0, sizeof(bind_addr4));
bind_addr4.sin_family = AF_INET;
bind_addr4.sin_port = ntohs(42421);
bind(new_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&bind_addr4, sizeof(bind_addr4));
listen(new_fd, 5);
client_fd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, IPPROTO_TCP);
connect(client_fd, (struct sockaddr *)&client_addr2, sizeof(client_addr2));
newest_fd = accept(new_fd, NULL, NULL);
close(new_fd);
close(client_fd);
close(new_fd);
}
As far as I can see, this bug has been there since the beginning of the
git-days.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Paasch <cpaasch@apple.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packet socket option po->has_vnet_hdr can be updated concurrently with
other operations if no ring is attached.
Do not test the option twice in packet_snd, as the value may change in
between calls. A race on setsockopt disable may cause a packet > mtu
to be sent without having GSO options set.
Fixes: bfd5f4a3d6 ("packet: Add GSO/csum offload support.")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Once a socket has po->fanout set, it remains a member of the group
until it is destroyed. The prot_hook must be constant and identical
across sockets in the group.
If fanout_add races with packet_do_bind between the test of po->fanout
and taking the lock, the bind call may make type or dev inconsistent
with that of the fanout group.
Hold po->bind_lock when testing po->fanout to avoid this race.
I had to introduce artificial delay (local_bh_enable) to actually
observe the race.
Fixes: dc99f60069 ("packet: Add fanout support.")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
it can be switched to rcu.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
similar to earlier patches, split out more parts of this function to
better see what is happening and where we assume rtnl is locked.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtnl_fill_ifinfo currently requires caller to hold the rtnl mutex.
Unfortunately the function is quite large which makes it harder to see
which spots require the lock, which spots assume it and which ones could
do without.
Add helpers to factor out the ifindex dumping, one can use rcu to avoid
rtnl dependency.
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its
carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a
window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse
the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network
device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached.
Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices
where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the
driver.
Fixes: 0071f56e46 ("dsa: Register netdev before phy")
Fixes: 91da11f870 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling u32_lookup_ht() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles. u32 filters are special as the handle
could contain a hash table id and a key id, so we
need two IDR to allocate each of them.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling basic_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of calling cls_bpf_get() in a loop to find
a unused handle, just switch to idr API to allocate
new handles.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As measured in my prior patch ("sch_netem: faster rb tree removal"),
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() is nice looking but much slower
than using rb_next() directly, except when tree is small enough
to fit in CPU caches (then the cost is the same)
From: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My prior fix was not complete, as we were dereferencing a pointer
three times per node, not twice as I initially thought.
Fixes: 4cc5b44b29 ("inetpeer: fix RCU lookup()")
Fixes: b145425f26 ("inetpeer: remove AVL implementation in favor of RB tree")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 242c1a28eb ("net: Remove useless function skb_header_release")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
checkpatch introduced with commit 63b7c73ec8 ("checkpatch: add --strict
check for ifs with unnecessary parentheses") an additional test which
identifies some unnecessary parentheses.
Remove these unnecessary parentheses to avoid the warnings and to unify the
coding style slightly more.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
I might be wrong but it doesn't look like xfrm_state_lock is required
for xfrm_policy_cache_flush and calling it under this lock triggers both
"sleeping function called from invalid context" and "possible circular
locking dependency detected" warnings on flush.
Fixes: ec30d78c14 xfrm: add xdst pcpu cache
Signed-off-by: Artem Savkov <asavkov@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
When the ipmr starts, it adds one default FIB rule that matches all packets
and sends them to the DEFAULT (multicast) FIB table. A more complex rule
can be added by user to specify that for a specific interface, a packet
should be look up at either an arbitrary table or according to the l3mdev
of the interface.
For drivers willing to offload the ipmr logic into a hardware but don't
want to offload all the FIB rules functionality, provide a function that
can indicate whether the FIB rule is the default multicast rule, thus only
one routing table is needed.
This way, a driver can register to the FIB notification chain, get
notifications about FIB rules added and trigger some kind of an internal
abort mechanism when a non default rule is added by the user.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers, registered to the fib notification chain indicate whether a
multicast MFC route is offloaded or not, similarly to unicast routes. The
indication of whether a route is offloaded is done using the mfc_flags
field on an mfc_cache struct, and the information is sent to the userspace
via the RTNetlink interface only.
Currently, MFC routes are either offloaded or not, thus there is no need to
add per-VIF offload indication.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the newly introduced notification chain to send events upon VIF and MFC
addition and deletion. The MFC notifications are sent only on resolved MFC
entries, as unresolved cannot be offloaded.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the ipmr module register as a FIB notifier. To do that, implement both
the ipmr_seq_read and ipmr_dump ops.
The ipmr_seq_read op returns a sequence counter that is incremented on
every notification related operation done by the ipmr. To implement that,
add a sequence counter in the netns_ipv4 struct and increment it whenever a
new MFC route or VIF are added or deleted. The sequence operations are
protected by the RTNL lock.
The ipmr_dump iterates the list of MFC routes and the list of VIF entries
and sends notifications about them. The entries dump is done under RCU
where the VIF dump uses the mrt_lock too, as the vif->dev field can change
under RCU.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Next commits will introduce MFC notifications through the atomic
fib_notification chain, thus allowing modules to be aware of MFC entries.
Due to the fact that modules may need to hold a reference to an MFC entry,
add reference count to MFC entries to prevent them from being freed while
these modules use them.
The reference counting is done only on resolved MFC entries currently.
Signed-off-by: Yotam Gigi <yotamg@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sctp_for_each_transport() function takes an pointer to int. The
cb->args[] array holds longs so it's only using the high 32 bits. It
works on little endian system but will break on big endian 64 bit
machines.
Fixes: d25adbeb0c ("sctp: fix an use-after-free issue in sctp_sock_dump")
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_nway_reset now that dsa_slave_nway_reset does exactly
the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_set_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use phy_ethtool_get_link_ksettings now that dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings
does exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since
net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of returning -EOPNOTSUPP when a slave device has no PHY,
directly return -ENODEV as ethtool and phylib do.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work enables generic transfer of metadata from XDP into skb. The
basic idea is that we can make use of the fact that the resulting skb
must be linear and already comes with a larger headroom for supporting
bpf_xdp_adjust_head(), which mangles xdp->data. Here, we base our work
on a similar principle and introduce a small helper bpf_xdp_adjust_meta()
for adjusting a new pointer called xdp->data_meta. Thus, the packet has
a flexible and programmable room for meta data, followed by the actual
packet data. struct xdp_buff is therefore laid out that we first point
to data_hard_start, then data_meta directly prepended to data followed
by data_end marking the end of packet. bpf_xdp_adjust_head() takes into
account whether we have meta data already prepended and if so, memmove()s
this along with the given offset provided there's enough room.
xdp->data_meta is optional and programs are not required to use it. The
rationale is that when we process the packet in XDP (e.g. as DoS filter),
we can push further meta data along with it for the XDP_PASS case, and
give the guarantee that a clsact ingress BPF program on the same device
can pick this up for further post-processing. Since we work with skb
there, we can also set skb->mark, skb->priority or other skb meta data
out of BPF, thus having this scratch space generic and programmable
allows for more flexibility than defining a direct 1:1 transfer of
potentially new XDP members into skb (it's also more efficient as we
don't need to initialize/handle each of such new members). The facility
also works together with GRO aggregation. The scratch space at the head
of the packet can be multiple of 4 byte up to 32 byte large. Drivers not
yet supporting xdp->data_meta can simply be set up with xdp->data_meta
as xdp->data + 1 as bpf_xdp_adjust_meta() will detect this and bail out,
such that the subsequent match against xdp->data for later access is
guaranteed to fail.
The verifier treats xdp->data_meta/xdp->data the same way as we treat
xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons. The requirement for doing
the compare against xdp->data is that it hasn't been modified from it's
original address we got from ctx access. It may have a range marking
already from prior successful xdp->data/xdp->data_end pointer comparisons
though.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just do the rename into bpf_compute_data_pointers() as we'll add
one more pointer here to recompute.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Removing the ipset module leaves a small window where one cpu performs
module removal while another runs a command like 'ipset flush'.
ipset uses net_generic(), unregistering the pernet ops frees this
storage area.
Fix it by first removing the user-visible api handlers and the pernet
ops last.
Fixes: 1785e8f473 ("netfiler: ipset: Add net namespace for ipset")
Reported-by: Li Shuang <shuali@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Wrong comparison prevented the hash types to add a range with more than
2^31 addresses but reported as a success.
Fixes Netfilter's bugzilla id #1005, reported by Oleg Serditov and
Oliver Ford.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
If we try to delete the same tunnel twice, the first delete operation
does a lookup (l2tp_tunnel_get), finds the tunnel, calls
l2tp_tunnel_delete, which queues it for deletion by
l2tp_tunnel_del_work.
The second delete operation also finds the tunnel and calls
l2tp_tunnel_delete. If the workqueue has already fired and started
running l2tp_tunnel_del_work, then l2tp_tunnel_delete will queue the
same tunnel a second time, and try to free the socket again.
Add a dead flag to prevent firing the workqueue twice. Then we can
remove the check of queue_work's result that was meant to prevent that
race but doesn't.
Reproducer:
ip l2tp add tunnel tunnel_id 3000 peer_tunnel_id 4000 local 192.168.0.2 remote 192.168.0.1 encap udp udp_sport 5000 udp_dport 6000
ip l2tp add session name l2tp1 tunnel_id 3000 session_id 1000 peer_session_id 2000
ip link set l2tp1 up
ip l2tp del tunnel tunnel_id 3000
ip l2tp del tunnel tunnel_id 3000
Fixes: f8ccac0e44 ("l2tp: put tunnel socket release on a workqueue")
Reported-by: Jianlin Shi <jishi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running LTP IPsec tests, KASan might report:
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in vti_tunnel_xmit+0xeee/0xff0 [ip_vti]
Read of size 4 at addr ffff880dc6ad1980 by task swapper/0/0
...
Call Trace:
<IRQ>
dump_stack+0x63/0x89
print_address_description+0x7c/0x290
kasan_report+0x28d/0x370
? vti_tunnel_xmit+0xeee/0xff0 [ip_vti]
__asan_report_load4_noabort+0x19/0x20
vti_tunnel_xmit+0xeee/0xff0 [ip_vti]
? vti_init_net+0x190/0x190 [ip_vti]
? save_stack_trace+0x1b/0x20
? save_stack+0x46/0xd0
dev_hard_start_xmit+0x147/0x510
? icmp_echo.part.24+0x1f0/0x210
__dev_queue_xmit+0x1394/0x1c60
...
Freed by task 0:
save_stack_trace+0x1b/0x20
save_stack+0x46/0xd0
kasan_slab_free+0x70/0xc0
kmem_cache_free+0x81/0x1e0
kfree_skbmem+0xb1/0xe0
kfree_skb+0x75/0x170
kfree_skb_list+0x3e/0x60
__dev_queue_xmit+0x1298/0x1c60
dev_queue_xmit+0x10/0x20
neigh_resolve_output+0x3a8/0x740
ip_finish_output2+0x5c0/0xe70
ip_finish_output+0x4ba/0x680
ip_output+0x1c1/0x3a0
xfrm_output_resume+0xc65/0x13d0
xfrm_output+0x1e4/0x380
xfrm4_output_finish+0x5c/0x70
Can be fixed if we get skb->len before dst_output().
Fixes: b9959fd3b0 ("vti: switch to new ip tunnel code")
Fixes: 22e1b23daf ("vti6: Support inter address family tunneling.")
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kodanev <alexey.kodanev@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR() already implies unlikely(), so it can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR() already implies unlikely(), so it can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IS_ERR() already implies unlikely(), so it can be omitted.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPVS tunnel mode works as simple tunnel (see RFC 3168) copying ECN field
to outer header. That's result in packet drops on egress tunnels in case
the egress tunnel operates as ECN-capable with Full-functionality option
(like ip_tunnel and ip6_tunnel kernel modules), according to RFC 3168
section 9.1.1 recommendation.
This patch implements ECN full-functionality option into ipvs xmit code.
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: lvs-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vadim Fedorenko <vfedorenko@yandex-team.ru>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Key length can't be negative.
Leave comparisons against nla_len() signed just in case truncated attribute
can sneak in there.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/7 up/down: 0/-7 (-7)
function old new delta
pneigh_delete 273 272 -1
mlx5e_rep_netevent_event 1415 1414 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv6 1194 1193 -1
mlx5e_create_encap_header_ipv4 1071 1070 -1
cxgb4_l2t_get 1104 1103 -1
__pneigh_lookup 69 68 -1
__neigh_create 2452 2451 -1
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As measured in my prior patch ("sch_netem: faster rb tree removal"),
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() is nice looking but much slower
than using rb_next() directly, except when tree is small enough
to fit in CPU caches (then the cost is the same)
Also note that there is not even an increase of text size :
$ size net/core/skbuff.o.before net/core/skbuff.o
text data bss dec hex filename
40711 1298 0 42009 a419 net/core/skbuff.o.before
40711 1298 0 42009 a419 net/core/skbuff.o
From: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While running TCP tests involving netem storing millions of packets,
I had the idea to speed up tfifo_reset() and did experiments.
I tried the rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() method that is
used in skb_rbtree_purge() but discovered it was slower than the
current tfifo_reset() method.
I measured time taken to release skbs with three occupation levels :
10^4, 10^5 and 10^6 skbs with three methods :
1) (current 'naive' method)
while ((p = rb_first(&q->t_root))) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
rb_erase(p, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
2) Use rb_next() instead of rb_first() in the loop :
p = rb_first(&q->t_root);
while (p) {
struct sk_buff *skb = netem_rb_to_skb(p);
p = rb_next(p);
rb_erase(&skb->rbnode, &q->t_root);
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
3) "optimized" method using rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe()
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe(skb, next,
&q->t_root, rbnode) {
rtnl_kfree_skbs(skb, skb);
}
q->t_root = RB_ROOT;
Results :
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 10000 skbs in 690378 ns (69 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 10000 skbs in 541846 ns (54 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 10000 skbs in 868307 ns (86 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 99996 skbs in 7804021 ns (78 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 100000 skbs in 5942456 ns (59 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 100000 skbs in 11584940 ns (115 ns per skb)
method_1:while (rb_first()) rb_erase() 1000000 skbs in 108577838 ns (108 ns per skb)
method_2:rb_first; while (p) { p = rb_next(p); ...} 1000000 skbs in 82619635 ns (82 ns per skb)
method_3:rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe() 1000000 skbs in 127328743 ns (127 ns per skb)
Method 2) is simply faster, probably because it maintains a smaller
working size set.
Note that this is the method we use in tcp_ofo_queue() already.
I will also change skb_rbtree_purge() in a second patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively
enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now
helper static.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the
master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start
the PHY device.
Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device,
then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the
master device.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several ways to remove L2TP sessions:
* deleting a session explicitly using the netlink interface (with
L2TP_CMD_SESSION_DELETE),
* deleting the session's parent tunnel (either by closing the
tunnel's file descriptor or using the netlink interface),
* closing the PPPOL2TP file descriptor of a PPP pseudo-wire.
In some cases, when these methods are used concurrently on the same
session, the session can be removed twice, leading to use-after-free
bugs.
This patch adds a 'dead' flag, used by l2tp_session_delete() and
l2tp_tunnel_closeall() to prevent them from stepping on each other's
toes.
The session deletion path used when closing a PPPOL2TP file descriptor
doesn't need to be adapted. It already has to ensure that a session
remains valid for the lifetime of its PPPOL2TP file descriptor.
So it takes an extra reference on the session in the ->session_close()
callback (pppol2tp_session_close()), which is eventually dropped
in the ->sk_destruct() callback of the PPPOL2TP socket
(pppol2tp_session_destruct()).
Still, __l2tp_session_unhash() and l2tp_session_queue_purge() can be
called twice and even concurrently for a given session, but thanks to
proper locking and re-initialisation of list fields, this is not an
issue.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If l2tp_tunnel_delete() or l2tp_tunnel_closeall() deletes a session
right after pppol2tp_release() orphaned its socket, then the 'sock'
variable of the pppol2tp_session_close() callback is NULL. Yet the
session is still used by pppol2tp_release().
Therefore we need to take an extra reference in any case, to prevent
l2tp_tunnel_delete() or l2tp_tunnel_closeall() from freeing the session.
Since the pppol2tp_session_close() callback is only set if the session
is associated to a PPPOL2TP socket and that both l2tp_tunnel_delete()
and l2tp_tunnel_closeall() hold the PPPOL2TP socket before calling
pppol2tp_session_close(), we're sure that pppol2tp_session_close() and
pppol2tp_session_destruct() are paired and called in the right order.
So the reference taken by the former will be released by the later.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume Nault <g.nault@alphalink.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ib_mr->length represents the length of the MR in bytes as per
the IBTA spec 1.3 section 11.2.10.3 (REGISTER PHYSICAL MEMORY REGION).
Currently ib_mr->length field is defined as only 32-bits field.
This might result into truncation and failed WRs of consumers who
registers more than 4GB bytes memory regions and whose WRs accessing
such MRs.
This patch makes the length 64-bit to avoid such truncation.
Cc: Sagi Grimberg <sagi@grimberg.me>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
Fixes: 4c67e2bfc8 ("IB/core: Introduce new fast registration API")
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Parav Pandit <parav@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
All netlink message sizes are a) unsigned, b) can't be >= 4GB in size
because netlink doesn't support >= 64KB messages in the first place.
All those size_t across the code are a scam especially across networking
which likes to work with small numbers like 1500 or 65536.
Propagate unsignedness and flip some "int" to "unsigned int" as well.
This is preparation to switching nlmsg_new() to "unsigned int".
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Replay detection bitmaps can't have negative length.
Comparisons with nla_len() are left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Propagate unsignedness for code size savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/5 up/down: 0/-38 (-38)
function old new delta
xfrm_state_construct 1802 1800 -2
xfrm_update_ae_params 295 289 -6
xfrm_state_migrate 1345 1339 -6
xfrm_replay_notify_esn 349 337 -12
xfrm_replay_notify_bmp 345 333 -12
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Key lengths can't be negative.
Comparison with nla_len() is left signed just in case negative value
can sneak in there.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix NAPI poll list corruption in enic driver, from Christian
Lamparter.
2) Fix route use after free, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Fix regression in reuseaddr handling, from Josef Bacik.
4) Assert the size of control messages in compat handling since we copy
it in from userspace twice. From Meng Xu.
5) SMC layer bug fixes (missing RCU locking, bad refcounting, etc.)
from Ursula Braun.
6) Fix races in AF_PACKET fanout handling, from Willem de Bruijn.
7) Don't use ARRAY_SIZE on spinlock array which might have zero
entries, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
8) Fix miscomputation of checksum in ipv6 udp code, from Subash Abhinov
Kasiviswanathan.
9) Push the ipv6 header properly in ipv6 GRE tunnel driver, from Xin
Long.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (75 commits)
inet: fix improper empty comparison
net: use inet6_rcv_saddr to compare sockets
net: set tb->fast_sk_family
net: orphan frags on stand-alone ptype in dev_queue_xmit_nit
MAINTAINERS: update git tree locations for ieee802154 subsystem
net: prevent dst uses after free
net: phy: Fix truncation of large IRQ numbers in phy_attached_print()
net/smc: no close wait in case of process shut down
net/smc: introduce a delay
net/smc: terminate link group if out-of-sync is received
net/smc: longer delay for client link group removal
net/smc: adapt send request completion notification
net/smc: adjust net_device refcount
net/smc: take RCU read lock for routing cache lookup
net/smc: add receive timeout check
net/smc: add missing dev_put
net: stmmac: Cocci spatch "of_table"
lan78xx: Use default values loaded from EEPROM/OTP after reset
lan78xx: Allow EEPROM write for less than MAX_EEPROM_SIZE
lan78xx: Fix for eeprom read/write when device auto suspend
...
Stefan Schmidt says:
====================
pull-request: ieee802154 2017-09-20
Here comes a pull request for ieee802154 changes I have queued up for
this merge window.
Normally these have been coming through the bluetooth tree but as this
three have been falling through the cracks so far and I have to review
and ack all of them anyway I think it makes sense if I save the
bluetooth people some work and handle them directly.
Its the first pull request I send to you so please let me know if I did
something wrong or if you prefer a different format.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Private part of allocation is never big enough to warrant size_t.
Space savings:
add/remove: 0/0 grow/shrink: 0/1 up/down: 0/-10 (-10)
function old new delta
alloc_netdev_mqs 1120 1110 -10
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no one which would invokes the function skb_header_release.
So just remove it now.
Signed-off-by: Gao Feng <gfree.wind@vip.163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing my reuseport rework I screwed up and changed a
if (hlist_empty(&tb->owners))
to
if (!hlist_empty(&tb->owners))
This is obviously bad as all of the reuseport/reuse logic was reversed,
which caused weird problems like allowing an ipv4 bind conflict if we
opened an ipv4 only socket on a port followed by an ipv6 only socket on
the same port.
Fixes: b9470c2760 ("inet: kill smallest_size and smallest_port")
Reported-by: Cole Robinson <crobinso@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ipv6_rcv_saddr_equal() we need to use inet6_rcv_saddr(sk) for the
ipv6 compare with the fast socket information to make sure we're doing
the proper comparisons.
Fixes: 637bc8bbe6 ("inet: reset tb->fastreuseport when adding a reuseport sk")
Reported-and-tested-by: Cole Robinson <crobinso@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to set the tb->fast_sk_family properly so we can use the proper
comparison function for all subsequent reuseport bind requests.
Fixes: 637bc8bbe6 ("inet: reset tb->fastreuseport when adding a reuseport sk")
Reported-and-tested-by: Cole Robinson <crobinso@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Josef Bacik <jbacik@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Zerocopy skbs frags are copied when the skb is looped to a local sock.
Commit 1080e512d4 ("net: orphan frags on receive") introduced calls
to skb_orphan_frags to deliver_skb and __netif_receive_skb for this.
With msg_zerocopy, these skbs can also exist in the tx path and thus
loop from dev_queue_xmit_nit. This already calls deliver_skb in its
loop. But it does not orphan before a separate pt_prev->func().
Add the missing skb_orphan_frags_rx.
Changes
v1->v2: handle skb_orphan_frags_rx failure
Fixes: 1f8b977ab3 ("sock: enable MSG_ZEROCOPY")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use setup_timer function instead of initializing timer with the
function and data fields.
Signed-off-by: Allen Pais <allen.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, there is a difference in netlink events received when an
interface is modified through bridge ioctl() or through netlink. This
patch generates additional events when an interface is added to or
removed from a bridge via ioctl().
When adding then removing an interface from a bridge with netlink, we
get:
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
Deleted 5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
When using ioctl():
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master bridge0 state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
Deleted 5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 master bridge0 state UNKNOWN
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8
5: dummy1: <BROADCAST,NOARP,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN group default
link/ether 9e:da:60:ee:cf:c8 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Without this patch, the last netlink notification is not sent.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <vincent@bernat.im>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Reviewed-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the smc_connection as first parameter with smc_cdc_get_free_slot().
This is just a small code cleanup, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usually socket closing is delayed if there is still data available in
the send buffer to be transmitted. If a process is killed, the delay
should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The number of outstanding work requests is limited. If all work
requests are in use, tx processing is postponed to another scheduling
of the tx worker. Switch to a delayed worker to have a gap for tx
completion queue events before the next retry.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An out-of-sync condition can just be detected by the client.
If the server receives a CLC DECLINE message indicating an out-of-sync
condition for the link groups, the server must clean up the out-of-sync
link group.
There is no need for an extra third parameter in smc_clc_send_decline().
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Client link group creation always follows the server linkgroup creation.
If peer creates a new server link group, client has to create a new
client link group. If peer reuses a server link group for a new
connection, client has to reuse its client link group as well. This
patch introduces a longer delay for client link group removal to make
sure this link group still exists, once the peer decides to reuse a
server link group. This avoids out-of-sync conditions for link groups.
If already scheduled, modify the delay.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The solicited flag is meaningful for the receive completion queue.
Ask for next work completion of any type on the send queue.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc_pnet_fill_entry() uses dev_get_by_name() adding a refcount to ndev.
The following smc_pnet_enter() has to reduce the refcount if the entry
to be added exists already in the pnet table.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smc_netinfo_by_tcpsk() looks up the routing cache. Such a lookup requires
protection by an RCU read lock.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SMC receive function currently lacks a timeout check under the
condition that no data were received and no data are available. This
patch adds such a check.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the infiniband part, SMC currently uses get_netdev which calls
dev_hold on the returned net device. However, the SMC code never calls
dev_put on that net device resulting in a wrong reference count.
This patch adds a dev_put after the usage of the net device to fix the
issue.
Signed-off-by: Hans Wippel <hwippel@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add
a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and
dsa_port_fdb_del.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first
argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave
net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to
dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
deprecated the ethtool_cmd::transceiver field, which was fine in
premise, except that the PHY library was actually using it to report the
type of transceiver: internal or external.
Use the first word of the reserved field to put this __u8 transceiver
field back in. It is made read-only, and we don't expect the
ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API to be doing anything with this anyway, so this
is mostly for the legacy path where we do:
ethtool_get_settings()
-> dev->ethtool_ops->get_link_ksettings()
-> convert_link_ksettings_to_legacy_settings()
to have no information loss compared to the legacy get_settings API.
Fixes: 3f1ac7a700 ("net: ethtool: add new ETHTOOL_xLINKSETTINGS API")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local behaviour
in fib_validate_source()") a full fib lookup is needed even if
the rp_filter is disabled, if accept_local is false - which is
the default.
What we really need in the above scenario is just checking
that the source IP address is not local, and in most case we
can do that is a cheaper way looking up the ifaddr hash table.
This commit adds a helper for such lookup, and uses it to
validate the src address when rp_filter is disabled and no
'local' routes are created by the user space in the relevant
namespace.
A new ipv4 netns flag is added to account for such routes.
We need that to preserve the same behavior we had before this
patch.
It also drops the checks to bail early from __fib_validate_source,
added by the commit 1dced6a854 ("ipv4: Restore accept_local
behaviour in fib_validate_source()") they do not give any
measurable performance improvement: if we do the lookup with are
on a slower path.
This improves UDP performances for unconnected sockets
when rp_filter is disabled by 5% and also gives small but
measurable performance improvement for TCP flood scenarios.
v1 -> v2:
- use the ifaddr lookup helper in __ip_dev_find(), as suggested
by Eric
- fall-back to full lookup if custom local routes are present
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: c15ab236d6 ("net/sched: Change cls_flower to use IDR")
Cc: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If real-time or fair-share curves are enabled in hfsc_change_class()
class isn't inserted into rb-trees yet. Thus init_ed() and init_vf()
must be called in place of update_ed() and update_vf().
Remove isn't required because for now curves cannot be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKB stored in qdisc->gso_skb also counted into backlog.
Some qdiscs don't reset backlog to zero in ->reset(),
for example sfq just dequeue and free all queued skb.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Fixes: 2ccccf5fb4 ("net_sched: update hierarchical backlog too")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to IEEE Std 802.11-2016 (16.2.3.4 Long PHY SIGNAL field) all of
the following rates are mandatory for a HR/DSSS PHY: 1 Mb/s, 2 Mb/s,
5.5 Mb/s and 11 Mb/s. Set IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B flag for all of these
instead of just 1 Mb/s to correctly reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Richard Schütz <rschuetz@uni-koblenz.de>
[johannes: use switch statement]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes a station is added already in ASSOC state. For example,
in AP mode, when a client station didn't get assoc resp and sends
an assoc req again. If a station is inserted when its state is ASSOC
or higher, the min chandef and allow_p2p_go_ps should be recalculated
again after the insertion.
Before this patch the recalculation happened only in sta_info_move_state
which occurs before the insertion of the sta and thus even though
it calls ieee80211_recalc_min_chandef/_p2p_go_ps_allowed functions,
since sdata->local->sta_list is still empty at this point, it doesn't do
anything.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The user space can now allow the kernel to associate to an AP that
requires MFP or that doesn't have MFP enabled in the same
NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command, by using a new NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL flag.
The driver / firmware will decide whether to use it or not.
Include a feature bit to advertise support for NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL.
This allows new user space to run on old kernels and know that it
cannot use the new attribute if it isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function hasn't been used since the removal of iwmc3200wifi
in 2012. It also appears to have a bug when qos=True, since then
it'll copy uninitialized stack memory to the SKB.
Just remove the function entirely.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This was created using the following spatch:
@find@
type S;
expression M, M2;
position p;
@@
offsetof(S, M) + sizeof(M2)@p
@script:python@
m << find.M;
m2 << find.M2;
@@
if not m2.endswith('-> ' + m):
cocci.include_match(False)
@change@
type find.S;
expression find.M, find.M2;
position find.p;
@@
-offsetof(S, M) + sizeof(M2)@p
+offsetofend(S, M)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Simplify the locking in ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions() and
lock sta->ampdu_mlme.mtx over the entire function instead of
locking/unlocking it for each TID etc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation to ieee80211_rx_ba_offl() function and, while at it,
rename the bit argument to tid, for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
